Catalog C: Material Handling/ Processing Pages 923-1016 Material Handling Production Post-Production Production Pages 1017-1050 Post-Production Pages 1051-1084 Copyright 2012 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
TABLE OF CONTENTS C1: Material Handling Storage Hoppers, Bins & Gaylord Dumpers...924-930 Mixers, Tumblers, Drums & Accessories...931-949 Tilters, Hopper Loaders, Hoppers & Accessories....950-977 Dryers, Desiccant, Drying Ovens & Accessories...978-1003 Hopper Magnets / Metal Detection... 1004-1016 C2: Production Mold Temperature Controllers /Circulators...1018-1036 Chillers...1037-1045 LIME BUSTER Mold Water Passage Cleaners...1046-1050 C3: Post-Production Drop Chutes, Skirts, Trays & Diverting Systems...1052-1061 Part/Runner Conveyors & Separators...1062-1070 Plastic Granulators, Accessories & Services...1071-1083 for ALL your processing needs Loaders Hoppers Descalers Chillers Circulators Material Mixers Conveyors Storage Bins Metal Detection Dryers Granulators fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 2 Copyright 2012 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
The Original Buyers Guide Catalog C1: Material Storage Hoppers, Bins & Gaylord Dumpers Pages 924 930 Material Mixers, Tumblers, Drums & Accessories Pages 931 949 C1: Material Handling Material Handling/Processing Gaylord Tilters, Hopper Loaders, Hoppers & Accessories Pages 950 977 Material Dryers, Desiccant, Drying Ovens & Accessories Pages 978 1003 Magnet Housings, Metal Detection & Hopper Magnets Pages 1004 1016 Most items IN STOCK for Same Day Shipment fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-001 923
C1: Material Handling Heavy Duty Mobile Storage Hoppers For intermediate storage between bulk bins & your machine Provide OPTIMUM Efficiency Flexibility Portability Stackable! 3 HIGH for a continuous flow of material Save Time & Space Construction: 14 gauge carbon steel hopper 7 gauge carbon steel legs 10 gauge carbon steel fork lift pockets Hopper Capacity: Cubic Feet... 20-60 Pounds... 700-2,100 (based on material with a density of 35 lbs per cu.ft.) (2,700 lb weight limit) Photo shows two of four, 4" square entry ports for vacuum material removal. Contami nation lids are provided for each port. Also shown is the adjustable slide gate shutoff for controlling hopper discharge. 45 or 60 hopper slope ensures complete material clean-out Specially angled stacking pads ensure quick and stable stacking Hopper Covers: #107918 One Piece (8" center opening)... $225.00 #107904 Two Piece (piano hinged)... $140.00 #143851 Solid Lid... $155.75 Caster Package: #133639 (2) 4" Swivel, (2) 4" Locking Casters... $325.00 Push Bar: #143853 Used with Caster Package (adds 1-3/8" to overall height)... $118.00 Additional options available on page 926 See Discharge Frames and Loading Platforms on page 934 Made in the U.S.A Heavy Duty 1 1 /2" x 1 1 /2" formed angle legs 2-way oversized entry pockets for fork lift Four way vacuum ports with contamination lids Large 4" locking slide gate with plastic guides ensure smooth operation Capacity Dimensions Item # Unit Price Item # Unit Price Discharge Style Lbs Cu. Ft. L W H* (45 ) H* (60 ) 45 Hopper Slope 60 Hopper Slope 700 20 44" 44" 36" 43" 4 Ports & Slide Gate 143855 $819 143856 $897 700 20 44" 44" 30" 43" Slide Gate Only 143860 $758 143861 $816 1,050 30 44" 44" 46" 53" 4 Ports & Slide Gate 107934 $875 129380 $916 1,050 30 44" 44" 40" 53" Slide Gate Only 143862 $822 143863 $845 1,400 40 44" 44" 56" 63" 4 Ports & Slide Gate 137680 $916 138754 $953 1,400 40 44" 44" 50" 63" Slide Gate Only 143864 $896 143865 $910 1,750 50 44" 44" 66" 73" 4 Ports & Slide Gate 136279 $1041 143857 $1050 1,750 50 44" 44" 60" 73" Slide Gate Only 142141 $955 143866 $982 2,100 60 44" 44" 76" 83" 4 Ports & Slide Gate 143858 $1191 143859 $1159 2,100 60 44" 44" 70" 83" Slide Gate Only 143867 $1046 143868 $1031 *Add 3.5" for stacking pads for overall height fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 924 C13-1-002-101414 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Made in the U.S.A Heavy Duty Surge Bins For integrating into dry bulk material processing operations such as material filling and discharging. 45 or 60 hopper slopes accommodate various flow characteristics Bolt down foot pads - securely anchors bins to shop floor Hoppers and frames are constructed of 14-gauge carbon steel 1 1 /4" half couplings with plugs standard - Allows addition of high & low level indicators Built-in Lifting Lugs - Allows for easy placement of bins in plant C1: Material Handling Provides quick accessible in-plant storage of blended or virgin material COMMON SPECIFICATIONS Lid Door: 12" x 14"; hinged Lifting Lugs: Four per bin Windows: One high / One low Discharge: 12" square SELECT 45 or 60 hopper slope ensures complete material clean-out 12" Square Discharge 20" Viewing Windows - Provides visual inspection of material level Capacity Hopper Dimensions Lbs* Cu. Ft. Slope L W H Item # Unit Price 700 36 45 54" 54" 55.50" 144001 $2006 535 36 60 54" 54" 64.25" 144002 $2065 1,440 58 45 54" 54" 68.50" 142709 $2429 1,040 58 60 54" 54" 77.25" 144003 $2466 2,200 86 45 60" 60" 77.50" 144004 $3099 1,615 86 60 60" 60" 87.75" 144005 $3111 3,200 114 45 60" 60" 91.50" 144006 $3651 2,600 114 60 60" 60" 101.75" 144007 $3676 4,270 145 45 60" 60" 106.50" 144008 $4217 3,665 145 60 60" 60" 116.75" 144009 $4271 4,600 171 45 72" 72" 97.50" 144010 $4765 3,450 172 60 72" 72" 110.75" 144011 $4849 5,630 201 45 72" 72" 107.50" 144012 $5291 4,575 201 60 72" 72" 120.75" 144013 $5402 6,560 227 45 72" 72" 116.50" 144014 $5640 5,500 228 60 72" 72" 129.75" 144015 $5770 7,590 257 45 72" 72" 126.50" 144016 $6167 6,530 257 60 72" 72" 139.75" 144017 $6323 8,625 286 45 72" 72" 136.50" 144018 $6993 7,560 286 60 72" 72" 149.75" 144019 $7026 10,890 343 45 84" 84" 129" 144020 $8617 10,060 343 60 84" 84" 145" 144021 $8721 12,880 400 45 84" 84" 143.25" 144022 $9406 12,055 400 60 84" 84" 159.25" 144023 $9427 14,905 457 45 84" 84" 157.75" 144024 $10622 14,045 457 60 84" 84" 173.50" 144025 $10681 16,900 514 45 84" 84" 172" 144026 $11955 16,070 514 60 84" 84" 188" 144027 $12231 18,925 572 45 84" 84" 186.50" 144028 $13015 18,060 572 60 84" 84" 202.25" 144029 $13230 Additional options available on page 926 See Discharge Frames and Loading Platforms on page 934 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-003 925
C1: Material Handling REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Bulk Storage Container Quote/Ordering Form Heavy Duty Storage Hoppers Quantity: Capacity: 700 lbs / 20 cu ft 1,050 lbs / 30 cu ft 1,400 lbs / 40 cu ft 1,750 lbs / 50 cu ft 2,100 lbs / 60 cu ft Slope Angle: 45 60 Vacuum Ports (4) Covers (No Cover STD): Item # Unit Price Hopper Cover one piece...143851... $155.75 Hopper Cover one piece with 8" dia. hole...107918... $225 Hopper Cover two piece, hinged...107904... $140 Slide Gates (4" Slide Gate STD): 6"...143871... $125 8"...143872... $149 10"...143873... $173 Distribution Box for vacuum removal: 1 Hole 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $243 2 Holes 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $288 3 Holes 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $309 Distribution Box Probe (required for Distribution Box): 1.5"...$109 2"...$109 2.5"...$154 3"...$209 4"...$284 Caster Package:...133639... $325 Paints/Coatings: Paint inside of hopper...143878... $135 Epoxy coat inside of hopper (clear)...143877... $200 Paint outside (custom color)...143870... $250 Misc. 4-way fork-lift pockets (2-way STANDARD)...142836... $129 Pallet Jack Option...143854... $150 Push Bar (for when casters are installed)...143853... $118 52" high Discharge Stand...107859... $1206 Loading Platform...107889... $2469 Grate Magnet...143852... $395 View Window...142837... $125 Vibrator Mounting Pads...143876... $204 Removable Bag Break Grate...158358... $380 Lexan Card Holder...158382... $62 Heavy Duty Surge Bins Quantity: Capacity: 1,008 lbs / 36 cu ft 1,624 lbs / 58 cu ft 2,408 lbs / 86 cu ft 3,192 lbs / 114 cu ft 4,060 lbs / 145 cu ft 4,816 lbs / 171 cu ft 5,328 lbs / 201 cu ft 6,384 lbs / 227 cu ft Slope Angle: 45 60 7,196 lbs / 257 cu ft 8,008 lbs / 286 cu ft 9,604 lbs / 343 cu ft 11,200 lbs / 400 cu ft 12,796 lbs / 457 cu ft 14,392 lbs / 514 cu ft 16,016 lbs / 572 cu ft Covers (One piece with 12" x 14" lid door STANDARD): Hopper Cover (Split 1/3, 2/3 design)...143879... $365 Slide Gates: Rack & Pinion with wheel...143880... $710 Manual...143881... $361 Gate & Drain (for 45 bins)...143882... $420 Gate & Drain (for 60 bins)...143883... $420 Gate & Drain (for 45 bins-butterfly)...143884... $495 Gate & Drain (for 60 bins-butterfly)...143885... $495 Distribution Box for vacuum removal: 1 Hole 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $243 2 Holes 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $288 4 Holes 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $325 9 Holes 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $649 13 Holes 1.5" 2" 2.5" 3" 4"... $783 Distribution Box Probe (required for Distribution Box): 1.5"...$109 2"...$109 2.5"...$154 3"...$209 4"...$284 Indicator Panel (Number of Bins): 1...$833 2...$984 3...$1,097 4...$1,197 5...$1,424 Paints/Coatings: Clear epoxy coat inside of hopper (up to 72" x 72")...143891... $395 Clear epoxy coat inside of hopper (84" x 84" or more)...143892... $600 Paint outside (custom color)...143870... $250 Misc. 60" Flange to Floor Clearance (20" STD)...143888... $460 80" Flange to Floor Clearance (20" STD)...143889... $600 Grating inside bin (replaces cover)...143893... $506 Hatchway Door Air Filter...143886... $90 Additional View Windows (2 standard)...142837... $125 Low Level Indicator (paddle blade style)...147688... $335 High Level Indicator (paddle blade style)...147689... $335 Level Indicator Flange (extra)...158380... $86 Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 926 C13-1-004-062817 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Take-Off Box Quote/Ordering Form F Variable Air Adjustment Example shown with 2 front ports, 1 rear port and air adjustment option G H B A C I Made in the U.S.A C1: Material Handling SPECIFY: 1. Material: Aluminum (standard) Other: 2. (A) Height: D 3. (B) Inside Depth: E 4. (C) Inside Width : 5. Flange Size - (D): x (E): J 6. (F) Number of Ports: (F) Port #1 OD: Location: Front Back Left Right Air Adjustment: Yes No (F) Port #2 OD: Location: Front Back Left Right Air Adjustment: Yes No (F) Port #3 OD: Location: Front Back Left Right Air Adjustment: Yes No (F) Port #4 OD: Location: Front Back Left Right Air Adjustment: Yes No (F) Port #5 OD: Location: Front Back Left Right Air Adjustment: Yes No (F) Port #6 OD: Location: Front Back Left Right Air Adjustment: Yes No 7. (G) Hole Diameter: Hole Center to Hole Center (H): x ( I ) : 8. (J) Bottom Cleanout: Hinged or Bolted Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: email: fax: 1 888 288 6900 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-005-071014 927
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM Portable Resin Bins Ideal for the storage and transfer of material Select Features - Benefits High density food grade polyethylene - increases durability and life of the bin - easy to clean Plastic infused with anti-static additive - permits compatibility with most plastic resins Translucent sides - easily allows visibility of material levels Standard Features: Made in the U.S.A Heavy duty welded steel frame, painted Pocket folder for a MSDS Side vacuum tube port that accepts wands up to 4" in diameter (except 75-lb bin which is 2 1 /4" dia.) Stainless steel slide gate for quick material evacuation Removable lid Light weight Fork lift provisions Vacuum Tube Port Stainless Steel Slide Gate 158-lb #122649 shown Stackable up to 3 High! * *800 and 1200-lb bins do not stack IN STOCK Portable! Equipped with four heavy duty casters Probe not included 75-lb #137951 includes Tube Sock 158-lb #122649 368-lb #122650 800-lb #132633 1,200-lb #129902 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 928 C13-1-006/1-051917 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Portable Resin Bins (continued) Specifications and Prices Spare Parts 75-lb 158-lb 368-lb 800-lb 1,200-lb #137951 #122649 #122650 #132633 #129902 Capacity : 2.3 cu. ft. 4 1 /2 cu. ft. 10 1 /2 cu. ft. 22.7 cu. ft. 34.2 cu. ft. Dimensions: 18.8" w x 18.8" d 23" w x 23" d 31" w x 31" d 37.5" w x 37.5" d 43.5" w x 43.5" d x 30.1" h x 37.6" h x 42.8" h x 52.4" h x 56.7" h Casters: ( -------------- four, 4" locking swivel casters -------------- ) (two, 5" rigid / two, 5" locking swivel casters) Ship Weight: 75 lbs. 90 lbs. 120 lbs. 250 lbs. 290 lbs. Unit Price: $237.55 $326.30 $436.45 $785.30 $866.90 147967 Caster, 4" Diameter, Flange Mount, Locking Swivel and Wheel for 137591, 122649, 122650 $33.70 128074 Caster, 4" Diameter, Stud Mount, Non-Locking Swivel, Locking Wheel for 137591, 122649, 122650 32.35 142811 Caster, 5" Diameter, Flange Mount, Locking Swivel and Wheel for 132633, 129902 56.45 142810 Caster, 5" Diameter, Flange Mount, Locking Fixed Wheel for 132633, 129902 36.85 142807 Lid for 137951 (75-lb) 19.90 142808 Lid for 122649 (158-lb) 42.90 138237 Lid for 122650 (368-lb) 63.90 142809 Lid for 132633 (800-lb) 65.55 142083 Lid for 129902 (1,200-lb) 73.50 Optional Accessories 150554 1.5" Diameter Tube Sock (seals out contaminants between vacuum tube) for bin 137951 $22.05 150555 2" Diameter Tube Sock for bin 137951 22.05 138215 1.5" Diameter Tube Sock for bins 122649, 122650, 132633 and 129902 22.05 138756 2" Diameter Tube Sock for bins 122649, 122650, 132633 and 129902 22.05 133871 Cover Cap 4" OD for Lexan Tubes 3.25 147578 Vacuum Tube, Plastic/Lexan for use with bin 137591 Inquire 138120 Vacuum Tube, Plastic/Lexan for use with bins 122649 and 122650 Inquire 147579 Vacuum Tube, Plastic/Lexan for use with bins 132633 and 129902 Inquire Capacity based on styrene Optional lid holders, push bars and handles available Inquire C1: Material Handling Other Optional Accessories Stainless Steel and Aluminum Pick-Up Wands Stainless Steel 5 Bars Aluminum 3 Bars Economical Aluminum Value Priced Supplies 4 TYPES: Standard Wand, Standard Wand with Bag Protector, Adjustable Wand and Adjustable Wand with Bag Protector From 1" to 4" O.D. and 36" to 48" L Starting at just $45.00 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) See page 967 for many more sizes and styles Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-006/2 929
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality 49.44" MAX TM Hydraulic Gaylord/Box Dumper Simplifies and speeds the transfer of material from gaylord to mixers or other containers Top quality, certified components, plus heavy duty materials and construction ENSURE LONG SERVICE LIFE Even when dumper Stabilizers prevent tipping ( is not anchored to floor) INCREASE SAFETY AND VERSATILITY Adjustable Gaylord Retainer Bar 42" Open Chute Discharge Durable, Safe & Reliable 2,500 lb. Load Capacity Made in the U.S.A Reinforced, welded 7 gauge steel bucket 39.53" MIN Gaylord shown for illustration only NEMA 12 Controls Dual 3" Cylinders with Hydraulic Fuse to enhance safety Heavy Duty Reinforced Pivot Bearings NEMA 12 Enclosure Live-Man Switch Dumper only moves while operator presses switch Simple, Safe Floor Level Loading STANDARD DIMENSIONS 50" NO-TIP STABILIZERS......STANDARD only from IMS SPECIFICATIONS Voltage: 115/60/1 (standard), 230/60/3, 460/60/3 Amps: 17.2 at 115V, 4.6 at 230V, 2.3 at 460V Hydraulic Pump: 1.5 hp, 1725 rpm, TEFC Dump Cycle: 40 seconds to rise, 35 seconds to lower Crated Weight: 2,750 lbs Crated Size: 7' l x 6' w x 6' h Removable Panel allows easy access to hydraulics (#117995 comes with 6' power cord) Item # 117995 (115/60/1) Item # 133294 (230/60/3) Item # 134007 (460/60/3) $6,494 Other capacities, dump heights, dump speeds, dump chutes, voltages and higher cycle units available to order Inquire Item #136642-1-1/2 hp motor (115/60/1) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Item #136278-24" Riser (Dump Height: 72") $Inquire Low cost risers can increase dump height from 48" up to 140" NOTE: Dumpers on risers MUST be anchored bolted to the floor Reinforced structural steel framework fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 930 C13-1-007 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
High Speed Hurricane Mixers Keeps ALL the pellets moving ALL the time! FAST: Unique, HURRICANE blending action cuts mixing time. PORTABLE: Mixers can be transported to material storage area, filled, operated, then delivered to any area of your plant by forklift. VERSATILE: Entire mixer can be raised on a forklift for manual unloading or stacked on a support frame or hopper. CONSISTENT: Non-slip, direct drive, and automatic timer ensure complete color mixing every time. EASY TO CLEAN: Lift-Off Top and Removable Auger Assembly allow quick color/material changes. Materials to be mixed are loaded from either side of the mixer Every shop needs both a DRUM TUMBLER and a HURRICANE Mixer The HURRICANE works faster for larger batches. It is ideal for mixing virgin with regrind and for coloring with concentrates. Cleanup is needed at color change, so use the HURRICANE when you would not be changing color often. NOT advised for dry-color use. DRUM TUMBLERS accept 1 or 2 drums at a time. It is good for dry-color mixing. Color and material changeover is a matter of changing drums. HURRICANE needs no cage. Easily moved by forklift, it offers a great deal of flexibility. Direct Drive Gear Motor Now available in 6 sizes! Made in the U.S.A C1: Material Handling Dispersing Paddle at the top of the auger shaft spreads material across the top of the hopper to help create an even blend of ingredients. Auger Auger Tube Tube Skirt Steep sloped hopper and adjustable auger tube skirt enhance material flow while compensating for various flow characteristics of the material being mixed. Innovative Scoop Blade at the bottom of the auger shaft draws material into the bottom of the auger tube. Dispersing Paddle: The dispersing paddle is positioned at the top of the auger shaft and spreads material across the top of the hopper to help create an even blend of ingredients. Mixer design allows one operator to remove entire auger assembly and completely clean the mixer in just minutes at material changes. High Speed Auger with FDA approved coating Auger Tube Scoop Blade: Innovative scoop blade at the bottom of the auger shaft draws material into the bottom of the auger tube. Tube Skirt Hurricane is a trademark of IMS Company OVERVIEW fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-008 931
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM High Speed Hurricane Mixers FAST, THOROUGH, SAFE, CONSISTENT Pellet & Color Blending Automatic Timer enable operator to do other jobs while materials mix Direct Drive Gear Motor cuts energy costs Lift-Off Top and Removable Auger Assembly allow quick color/material changes Piano-hinged, center mounted covers allow loading from either side Interlock Switch turns unit off when covers are opened (not shown) Saves Mixing Time Sturdy, 14 gauge steel with built-in, 2-way entry pocket for fork-lift 30 hopper slope aids mixing action and ensures complete material clean-out Large, positive-lock, slide gate allows quick and complete emptying of the mixer and prevents spillage while mixer is in transit E H Dimensions A B C D E F G H C 148502 23" 23" 53" N/A 12" 4" 41" 53" G 107927 44" 44" 62 3 /4" 7 3 /8" 24 1 /4" 8" 44" 53" 107896 44" 44" 70 3 /4" 7 3 /8" 24 1 /4" 8" 51 1 /2" 53" 143628 44" 44" 77 3 /4" 7 3 /8" 24 1 /4" 8" 58 1 /2" 53" D 143626 44" 44" 87 1 /2" 12 1 /4" 14 7 /8" 8" 70 1 /2" 53" 143627 53" 53" 112 1 /8" 12 1 /4" 14 7 /8" 10" 86" 60" continued on next page F A-B fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 932 C13-1-009/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Now available in 6 sizes! Great for small jobs and use in tight spaces! (Item #148502) Model HM250 Hurricane Mixers employ a high-speed blending action that minimizes mixing time. An internal auger raises the pellets within a tube from the bottom to the top, where a high-speed rotating blade efficiently scatters them to the sides. Use these mixers for blending virgin pellets with regrind and for coloring with concentrates (not advised for dry color mixing). The rugged design withstands constant, everyday use. Additionally, you ll find it easy to clean and maintain. Hurricane Mixers are built in six sizes. Call for stock sizes. Larger sizes may be special ordered. Unique blending action cuts color mixing time, greatly improving productivity Nonslip, direct drive and automatic timer result (Item #107927) Model HM500 (Item #107896) Model HM850 in complete and consistent color blending with every mix Lift-off top and removable auger assembly permit dismantling and cleaning within minutes without tools Two-way entry pockets for forklift permits easy transport of the mixer Large, positive seal, 8-inch diameter slide gate allows you to quickly empty the mixer to prepare for the next batch Internal safety switch stops mixing action whenever the lid is raised, improving operator safety 14-gauge carbon steel construction extends equipment life and decreases repair costs Requires no safety cage Specifications and Prices Item No.: 148502 (Model HM250) 107927 (Model HM500) 107896 (Model HM850) Volume/Capacity: 5 cu. ft., 175 lbs.* 11.1 cu. ft., 389 lbs.* 19.3 cu. ft., 670 lbs.* Auger: 4" dia., 310 rpm 8" dia., 226 rpm 8" dia., 226 rpm Motor: 1/3 HP 1 1 /2 HP 1 1 /2 HP Amperage: 3 amp (115/60/1) 15.2 amp (115/60/1) 15.2 amp (115/60/1) Power Cord Length: 6' 6' 6' Crated Size: 26" W x 26" L x 60" H 72" W x 72" L x 66" H 72" W x 72" L x 72" H Weight: 200 lbs. 420 lbs. 450 lbs. Crated Weight: 300 lbs. 550 lbs. 650 lbs. Unit Price: $5151 $5151 $5826 Item No.: 143628 (Model HM1000) 143626 (Model HM1500) 143627 (Model HM3000) Volume/Capacity: 26.6 cu. ft., 931 lbs.* 39 cu. ft., 1,360 lbs.* 80 cu. ft., 2,800 lbs.* Auger: 8" dia., 226 rpm 8" dia., 226 rpm 8" dia., 226 rpm Motor: 1 1 /2 HP 1 1 /2 HP 2 HP Amperage: 15.2 amp (115/60/1) 15.2 amp (115/60/1) 15.2 amp (460/60/3) Power Cord Length: 6' 6' 6' Crated Size: 72" W x 72" L x 84" H 72" W x 72" L x 96" H 108" W x 84" L x 84" H Weight: 475 lbs. 525 lbs. 650 lbs. Crated Weight: 675 lbs. 725 lbs. 850 lbs. Unit Price: $6495 $7170 $10647 Made in the U.S.A C1: Material Handling * Based on material with a density of 35 lbs. per cu. ft. Stainless Steel Construction Also Available Inquire Replacement Parts Motor, Reducer and Wear Blocks Available Inquire See next page for Mixer Discharge Frame and Loading Platform Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-009/2 933
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM DISCHARGE FRAME and LOADING PLATFORM For use with Heavy Duty Storage Hoppers and Hurricane Mixers * Improve operator safety and convenience Mixer shown for illustration only, NOT included in price. Discharge Frame For Drum & Gaylord Loading 52" 56" 44" Photo above shows a #107927 Mixer atop a 52" high Discharge Frame. When the mixing cycle has been completed, the operator needs only to open the mixer slide gate and allow the contents of the mixer to flow neatly into the gaylord below. The entire load is then easily transported to wherever it is needed via forklift. Item # Description Unit Price 107859 Mixer and Heavy Duty Storage Hopper Discharge Frame $1206 *Not for use with mixer #148502 Loading Platform For Discharge Frame Enables operator to LOAD, INSPECT & CLEAN MIXER without having to lower it to the floor Mixer and Discharge Frame shown for illustration only, NOT included in price. 94" 52" 26" 44" Item # Description Unit Price 107889 Loading Platform for Discharge Frame $2469 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Hurricane is a trademark of IMS Company 934 C13-1-010 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Select Still made in the U.S.A. Material Mixing Drum Tumblers Easily blend your material while saving time, labor and money IMS Proven Performance Optimum Mixing Exclusive 18 RPM and Drum Angle - provides the fastest, most complete mixing possible in the industry Durable Solid steel frame - for longevity High torque drive belt - virtually adjustment free Built with components you can trust - Dayton motor and Winsmith reducer Made in the U.S.A C1: Material Handling Model TBD15 Easily Converts from Single to Double Tumbler Now available as convertible tumbler with Leg Extension Kit allows easy conversion from single to double tumbler 2 Year Warranty IN STOCK Mr. Techie s Tech Tips fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) OPTIONAL TUMBLER CONTROL PANEL Enables Safe and Easy Installation Motor starter with overload protection Provides open contact for safety cage tie in Fully enclosed panel Start/Stop switch Jog switch See page 940 IMS Drum Tumblers have retained their usefulness in the mixing world because material can be stored in drums indefinitely, thereby eliminating the need to clean the mixing vessel. OVERVIEW Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-011-112216 935
C1: Material Handling 1 1 /2 HP SINGLE Drum Tumbler Select Corner design for optimal shop floor layout Features - Benefits Corner wall design - conserves floor space - cuts guarding costs Smooth action, high torque belt drive - provides low maintenance - virtually adjustment free - absorbs start-up torques and stopping impacts - reduces wear and tear on expensive drive components Low-wear high ratio gear reducer - transmits ample torque which permits a 1.5 hp motor to handle a startup load with less wear on components Completely enclosed drives - keeps operator safe from injury and damage Ample access to all components - enables simple maintenance 2 Year Warranty Drum tumbler must have enclosure for operator safety Contact IMS for enclosure options Easily Converts from Single to Double Tumbler Note: Mounting anchor bolts included Plastic drum (shown) sold separately. See page 942 Uses two walls to cut tumbler guarding cost. Requires only one protective barrier, 192" long. IN STOCK Still made in the U.S.A. Dayton motor and Winsmith reducer Heat treated main shaft 2" wide nylon quick release safety drum belt Drawing included for protective enclosure Drive belt requires no lubrication Belt guard removed for illustration only. Model TBD15 Corner Specifications and Prices Load Limit: Motor: Amperage: 280 lbs. (including drum) 1 1 /2 HP (TEFC) 1750 rpm, 208/240/480/60/3 5.1 (208v), 4.8 (240v), 2.4 (480v) Tumbling Speed: Drive Belt: Operating Space: 18 rpm Heavy torque drive See illustration Separate Ship Weights Tumbler: 730 lbs 30-gal Holder: 186 lbs 55-gal Holder: 216 lbs Drum Sizes and Holders 30 Gallon Holder 55 Gallon Holder Maximum / Minimum Drum Height 34" Max / 30" Min 37" Max / 33" Min Maximum / Minimum Drum Diameter 22" Max / 20" Min 25" Max / 21 1 /2" Min Item # Description Unit Price 149886 1 1 /2 HP Belt Drive Corner Tumbler only (no holder) and three anchor bolts $4350.00 149887 Tumbler with one 30-gallon drum holder (#107873) and three anchor bolts $5150.00 149888 Tumbler with one 55-gallon drum holder (#107857) and three anchor bolts $5450.00 149892 Leg Extension Kit Converts #149886 Single Tumbler to Double Tumbler $450.00 149893 Retrofit Kit Converts older model IMS Single Tumbler to Double Tumbler $675.00 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Ask about drums in steel, stainless steel and plastic 936 C13-1-012-112216 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
1 1 /2 HP DOUBLE Drum Tumbler Select Industry recommended for quick & constant material mixing Features - Benefits Smooth action, high torque belt drive - provides low maintenance - virtually adjustment free - absorbs start-up torques and stopping impacts - reduces wear and tear on tumbler parts Low-wear high ratio gear reducer - transmits ample torque which permits a 1.5 hp motor to handle a startup load with less wear on expensive drive components Completely enclosed drives - keeps operator safe from injury and damage Ample access to all components - enables simple maintenance Model TBD15 Double Drum tumbler must have enclosure for operator safety Contact IMS for enclosure options Note: Mounting anchor bolts included Plastic drum (shown) sold separately. See page 942 Holders use heavy ship-channel Hinged guard provides safety and allows easy inspection of belt and sprockets Easily Converts from Double to Single Tumbler Leg Extension Belt guard removed for illustration only. Drive belt requires no lubrication IN STOCK Dayton motor and Winsmith reducer Heat treated main shaft 2" wide nylon quick release safety drum belt Drawing included for protective enclosure 2 Year Warranty Still made in the U.S.A. C1: Material Handling Specifications and Prices Load Limit: 280 lbs. per holder (including drum) Motor: 1 1 /2 HP (TEFC) 1750 rpm, 208/240/480/60/3 Amperage: 5.1 (208v), 4.8 (240v), 2.4 (480v) Tumbling Speed: 18 rpm Drive Belt: Heavy torque drive Operating Space: 110" x 59" (with drums) Separate Ship Weights Tumbler: 730 lbs (2) 30-gal Holder: 186 lbs ea. (2) 55-gal Holder: 216 lbs ea. Leg Kit: 45 lbs Drum Sizes and Holders 30 Gallon Holder 55 Gallon Holder Maximum / Minimum Drum Height 34" Max / 30" Min 37" Max / 33" Min Maximum / Minimum Drum Diameter 22" Max / 20" Min 25" Max / 21 1 /2" Min Item # Description Unit Price 149889 1 1 /2 HP Belt Drive Double Tumbler only (no holders) and four anchor bolts $4650.00 149890 Tumbler with two 30-gallon drum holders (#107873) and four anchor bolts $6350.00 149891 Tumbler with two 55 gallon drum holders (#107857) and four anchor bolts $6950.00 Spare Parts 122100 Reducing Gear Box (60:1, 1-1/2 & 2 HP Tumblers) $1406.00 163800 Motor (1-1/2 HP, 208/230/460/60/3) $447.50 107901 Pillow Block Bearing $116.85 135703 Anchor Bolt Assembly for concrete floors $9.00 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-013-112216 937
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM IMS Heavy Duty Drum Holders Safe to use and simple to load For use with IMS Drum Tumblers OSHA yellow finish 2" wide nylon, quick-release safety belt Welded steel construction Purchasers also order: Style 1 Hub #107955 ONLY FROM IMS Style 2 Drum Holder #107857 Drums for mixing and storage, pages 941-942 Drum Cart, page 943 Style 2 Hub #107887 #163948 Hardware Kit Item # Description Unit Price 107873 Style 1 (fits 30-gal. drums) with 20" screw $1202.65 107857 Style 2 (fits 55-gal. drums) with 12" screw 1527.75 Spare Parts 109141 Complete Handwheel Assembly for Style 1 and 2 $197.60 Drum Holders with 12" screws (includes: #107853, #107916, #107909, #108777 and #108776) 107853 8" diameter handwheel 50.00 107916 1"-6 acme threaded nut with bracket 45.35 107909 1"-6 acme lock nut and handle 38.90 108776 1"-6 acme 12" screw with swivel base for Style 2 81.80 109420 1"-6 acme 20" screw with leveling pad #109386 140.00 used with 30 gallon conversion drum kit #109419 108777 Sleeve assembly for 12" and 20" screws 28.45 109386 Complete leveling pad assembly 28.50 109420 1"-6 acme 20" screw with swivel base for Style 1 140.00 109419 Conversion Kit - Complete Handwheel Assembly 259.95 with 20" screw for Style 2 drum holder. Converts 55 gallon drum holder to accommodate and securely fit 30 gallon drums (includes: #107853, #107916, #107909, #108777 and #109420) 107955 Style 1 Hub for 30-gal. drum 181.95 107887 Style 2 Hub for 55-gal. drum 168.90 165412 Hardware Kit for Style 1 Hub #107873 (2 bolt pattern) 14.00 163948 Hardware Kit for Style 2 Hub #107887 (4 bolt pattern) 15.00 107874 2" wide nylon quick release safety belt 71.35 107871 V-bracket with left and right cleat for Style 1 365.00 107855 V-bracket with left and right cleat for Style 2 272.95 107938 Left-hand aluminum cleat 11.55 107917 Right-hand aluminum cleat 11.55 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 938 C13-1-014-031217 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS 1 /4 HP Chain Drive Tumbler Ideal for small batch, pilot runs and laboratory work Features - Benefits Corner-over-corner design - efficiently blends dry or liquid materials Blending of ordinary pails - reduces spills and prevents messy cleanups Adjustable cross bar - screw down top bar with locking handle ensures quick changeovers 38" C1: Material Handling Made in the U.S.A Accepts steel or plastic containers Painted steel frame and cabinet Completely enclosed drives for safety Ample access to all components Rotate 1 or 2 cans at same time 44" 56" Specifications and Prices Can Sizes: Tumbling Speed: Capacity: 4.5" to 16.5" height 23 rpm 100 lbs per can Motor: Ship Dimensions: Weight: 208-230/460V, 3 phase, 60 Hz Explosion proof available Inquire 48" L x 40" W x 29" H 205 lbs Item # Description Unit Price 161485 1 /4 HP Chain Drive Tumbler $1790 Select = Highest Quality & Value Products = Industry Standard Quality Products = Value Priced Supplies fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-015 939
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM Use this IMS Drum Tumbler Control Panel to operate tumblers from a safe distance. The Control Panel can be easily wired by an electrician and contains all essential controls (less the door switch). Features - Benefits OSHA compliant Cage door power shut down - increases operator safety Cycle timer - easily adjust mixing duration up to 60 minutes 110v signal-light receptacle with separate Off/On switch - provides visual notification of completed mixing with user provided light Run/Jog - enables operator for correct positioning of drum holders for loading and unloading Drum Tumbler Control Panel Permits safe, remote operation 4 Mounting Tabs Heavy-duty alarm horn with separate Off/On switch (pulsating) - notifies operator when mixing ceases Amp meter - indicates load condition Enables/Disables Alarm /Light Transformer-isolated 120 VAC control circuits in panel Box is NEMA 12, resistant to moisture, oil and dust Sealed NEMA 12 receptacle for auxiliary warning light Specifications Depth: 9 1 /4" Width: 12 1 /2" Height: 15 3 /8" Boxed Weight: 22 lbs. On/Off Made EXPRESSLY for Tumbler Users! Heavy duty industrial electrical components - provides years of trouble free service Item # Description Unit Price 146621 Drum Tumbler Control Panel (240/60/3) for 1-1/2 HP tumblers $995.00 146622 Drum Tumbler Control Panel (480/60/3) for 1-1/2 HP tumblers 995.00 109879 Drum Tumbler Control Panel (240/60/3) 1.3 Amps for 1/4 HP tumbler Inquire 109885 Drum Tumbler Control Panel (480/60/3).65 Amps for 1/4 HP tumbler Inquire Ask about custom control panels (allow 2-4 weeks for delivery) IMPORTANT: When ordering custom control panels, specify motor operating voltage (230 or 460), frequency, number of phases and horsepower so that proper load current meter and coils will be supplied. Select = Highest Quality & Value Products = Industry Standard Quality Products = Value Priced Supplies fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 940 C13-1-016-120414 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Select Perfect for Abrasive Materials & Food and Medical Applications Stainless Steel Drums For medical and food-grade applications Can be sanitized for medical and food grade applications Perfect for use with abrasive materials 16 gauge, type-304 stainless steel with 2B finish and seamless chime Easy to clean 30-gal. 55-gal. 5 Bar Quality TM C1: Material Handling Clamp Ring Lid Dust-proof Gasket Specifications and Prices Type Contents (no outage*) Outside Diameter Outside Height 30-gal. Stainless Steel 55-gal. Stainless Steel 33.06 gal. 59.2 gal. 20" 24" 31" 32 1 /2" Tare Weight 49 lbs. 61 lbs. Item # Description Unit Price 122141 16-gal. painted 20 gauge steel drum complete with lid and gasket (not shown) $ 37.35 105574 30-gal. stainless steel drum complete with lid, gasket and clamp ring 1219.35 105569 55-gal. stainless steel drum complete with lid, gasket and clamp ring 1392.05 Spare Parts 105606 Clamp ring (carbon steel) for 55-gal. stainless steel drum $40.25 * Outage is DOT headspace (ex. 55 nominal gallons will hold 60.5 gallons) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-017-050416 941
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM Translucent Material Drums A low cost, high quality alternative to stainless steel Lightweight and durable Impact- and stress-cracking resistant Dust suppressing lid Easy to clean DOT approved 21C/E-7768 30 and 55 gallon drums are TRANSLUCENT - so you can see the material level without having to open the drum Clamp Ring 30- gal. Made of HMWHDPE with UV inhibitor Lids 55-gal. Specifications and Prices Type 30-gal. Translucent 55-gal. Translucent Contents (no outage*) 32.2 gal. 56.4 gal. Outside Diameter 19.3" 22.9" Outside Height 29.4" 36.8" Tare Weight 14.6 lbs. 20 lbs. Item # Description Unit Price 125596 30-gal. translucent drum with lid, gasket and clamp ring $72.65 125796 55-gal. translucent drum with lid, gasket and clamp ring 86.50 125818 30-gal. translucent drum with lid, gasket and clamp ring (with two 2" N.P.T. bungs in lid) 88.90 125819 55-gal. translucent drum with lid, gasket and clamp ring (with two 2" N.P.T. bungs in lid) 95.90 Spare Parts 125815 30-gal. translucent drum only $58.40 125814 55-gal. translucent drum only 73.65 122536 Clamp ring for 30-gal. and 55-gal. drum 8.95 125821 Lid for 30 or 55-gal. translucent drum (with gasket and two 2" N.P.T. bungs) 13.45 125823 Lid for 30 or 55-gal. translucent drum (with gasket, no bungs) 10.90 127053 Bung (2" N.P.T.) for 30 or 55-gal. lids 1.25 * Outage is DOT headspace (ex. 55 nominal gallons will hold 60.5 gallons) CHECK OUT THESE OTHER USEFUL IMS PRODUCTS! Plastic Drum Liners 3 Bar Quality TM Help protect regrind/virgin material from moisture and contaminants during manufacturing and storage Help keep contents from leaking out of container Can also be used to protect finished products and large parts Liners are shipped in neat, easy to store rolls Fewer liners per roll make them EASIER TO HANDLE Made of translucent LDPE Item # Fits Size Thickness Liners Per Roll (Per Bag) Per Roll (Per Bag) Drum Size W x H Per Roll 1-9 10+ 137339 30 gal. 34" x 51" 2 mil. 250 $114.60 ($.46) $105.44 ($.42) 137340 55 gal. 38" x 63" 2 mil. 200 157.90 (.79) 145.27 (.73) 137341 55 gal. 38" x 63" 4 mil. 100 134.40 (1.35) 123.65 (1.24) 942 C13-1-018 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
GRAB-R-ARM DRUM CART Designed expressly for use with all 30 and 55 gal. drums SAFE! Adjustable GRAB-R-ARM holds barrel securely in place REDUCE ACCIDENTS......TRANSPORT BARRELS with SPEED & CONVENIENCE EASY LOADING Safer to Use 1. 2. Handles up to 350 lbs. GRAB-R-ARM adjustment Sturdy, all welded construction ONLY from IMS LO-PROFILE DRUM CADDY 3 Bar Quality Designed for use with all 30 and 55 gal. drums QUICK DURABLE EASY TO USE Handles up to 1,000 lbs. Sturdy, all welded construction Align Base - Attach Handle - Push Drum - Open Drum 1. 2. 3. 4. TM C1: Material Handling Item No. 105597 $325 DRUM DOLLIE Strong and Durable easily transports up to 55 gallon drums Welded Steel Frame with 3-1/8" cross straps with powder coat finish Heavy-Duty zinc-plated casters with non-marking 3" x 1-1/4" polyolefin treads Item No. 163725 $125 Specifications DOLLIE CASTERS Capacity: 900 lbs. Material: Polyolefin Drum Size: Up to 55 gal. Size: 3" x 1 1 /4" I.D.: 23 3 /4" Weight: 28 lbs. Item No. 146498 $64 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-019-071717 943
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM Drum Covers Keep your molding material CLEAN CONTAMINANT-FREE SEAL OUT: DIRT/DUST METAL OBJECTS TRASH REPLACE CUMBERSOME, LOOSE-FITTING COVERS NOW! Works for Positive or Negative Applications 2" dia. (± 1 /2") Elasticized Center Port helps hold loader probe in place See-through vinyl windows let you check material level and probe position Tie-Downs standard to accommodate positive-pressure applications PATENTED Fits all 22" dia. (± 1") drums Lightweight, stretchable construction makes covers easy to install Item # Description Unit Price 109468 Drum Cover 1 port $42.05 127050 Drum Cover 2 ports, 180 apart 43.15 Custom drum covers available INQUIRE TM Economical Drum Covers Value Priced Supplies Elastic Band expands to fit all standard size 55 gallon drums holds cover in place Protects in-plant or bulk packaged products from outside elements Ideal for food, chemical and pharmaceutical applications Made of clear, 4-mil LDPE film Item # Description Unit Price 137747 Drum Cover, 55 gallon, 4 Mil., Clear $1.50 ea. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 944 C13-1-020 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to supplies@imscompany.com or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Drum Cover Form Port Diameter Window Fill in the appropriate dimension blanks DP Style (Featuring Two Ports) Filter Panel Port Height (8" standard) Port Diameter DN Style (Featuring One Port) Window Filter Panel Port Height (8" standard) C1: Material Handling Height (6" standard) Diameter Diameter Height (6" standard) DP Style Quantity: DN Style Quantity: Specify: 1.Color Blue or Brown Please enclose a drawing if more custom items are needed. If you would like your logo silk screened in lieu of the IMS Logo please provide art file (JPEG, EPS or TIFF) Minimum Order Quantity: 25 Price: $150 for 1 color / Additional $25 for PMS color matching / Additional $6 per location for 2 color print Lead Time required Call for details Contact the IMS Supplies Team at supplies@imscompany.com for details. Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-021 945
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM Plastic Drum Liners Help protect regrind/virgin material from moisture and contaminants during manufacturing and storage Help keep contents from leaking out of container Can also be used to protect finished products and large parts Liners are shipped in neat, easy to store rolls Fewer liners per roll make them EASIER TO HANDLE Made of translucent LDPE Item # Fits Size Thickness Liners Per Roll (Per Bag) Per Roll (Per Bag) Drum Size W x H Per Roll 1-9 10+ 137339 30 gal. 34" x 51" 2 mil. 250 $114.60 ($.46) $105.44 ($.42) 137340 55 gal. 38" x 63" 2 mil. 200 157.90 (.79) 145.27 (.73) 137341 55 gal. 38" x 63" 4 mil. 100 134.40 (1.35) 123.65 (1.24) Plastic Gaylord Liners Help protect regrind/virgin material from moisture and contaminants during manufacturing and storage Help keep contents from leaking out of container Can also be used to protect finished products and large parts Liners are shipped in neat, easy to store rolls Fewer liners per roll make them EASIER TO HANDLE Made of translucent LDPE Item # Size Thickness Liners Per Roll (Per Bag) Per Roll (Per Bag) W*x L x D Per Roll 1-9 10+ 137336 44" x 38" x 80" 2 mil. 75 Inquire 137337 52" x 48" x 72" 2 mil. 60 134.40 (2.24) 123.65 (2.06) 137338 52" x 48" x 96" 2 mil. 60 163.75 (2.73) 150.65 (2.51) *Total width tolerance ±3" Carton Clips Great for holding gaylord liners in place #137148... $0.40 ea. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 946 C13-1-022-041817 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
GAYLORD and DRUM COVERS Seals material IN and keeps dirt OUT Keep your molding material CLEAN CONTAMINANT-FREE REPLACE CUMBERSOME LOOSE-FITTING COVERS NOW! SEAL OUT: + DIRT/DUST + METAL OBJECTS + TRASH HELP REDUCE PARTS REJECTS and PRESS DOWNTIME GAYLORD COVERS NEGATIVE Pressure (for removing material) - 2 Ports SIZE UNIT Item # Standard MIN. MAX. PRICE 109462 34" x 42" 31" x 39" 37" x 45" $71.30 144062 39" x 44" 36" x 41" 42" x 47" 75.95 144064 41" x 48" 38" x 45" 44" x 51" 77.15 144066 44" x 48" 41" x 45" 47" x 51" 80.40 144068 48" x 48" 45" x 45" 51" x 51" 80.40 GAYLORD COVERS POSITIVE Pressure (for adding material) - 1 Port COMPLETE with Belt and Buckle to securely hold cover in place SIZE UNIT Item # Standard MIN. MAX. PRICE 144061 34" x 42" 31" x 39" 37" x 45" $75.95 144063 39" x 44" 36" x 41" 42" x 47" 76.50 144065 41" x 48" 38" x 45" 44" x 51" 77.15 144067 44" x 48" 41" x 45" 47" x 51" 81.85 144069 48" x 48" 45" x 45" 51" x 51" 85.35 DRUM COVER 1 Port COMPLETE with Special Tie Cord SIZE UNIT Item # Standard PRICE 109468 22" dia $42.05 DRUM COVER 2 Ports COMPLETE with Special Tie Cord SIZE UNIT Item # Standard PRICE 127050 22" dia $43.15 GAYLORD AND DRUM COVER COMMON FEATURES Lightweight, stretchable construction makes covers easy to install Cloth Filter Panel allows make-up air in, keeps dirt out Vinyl Window for visual level check Port(s) for entry of loader probe or blower discharge ducting/hose 2 Port Gaylord Covers and all Drum Covers accept 2" to 2 3 /4" dia. probes via elastic band 1 Port Gaylord Covers accept 4" to 8" dia. ducting/hose via adjustable drawstring Handy Zippers let you seal off unused ports Elastic Band on 10 skirt (Positive Pressure Models have an elastic band with belt and buckle) Gaylord Cover Size Chart Inches 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 30 31 32 33 34 X 35 36 37 38 39 X 40 41 X 42 43 44 X 45 46 47 48 X 49 50 51 PATENTED 5 Bar Quality Tie Cord on 6 skirt to accommodate positive-pressure applications (Optional on Gaylord Covers) TM C1: Material Handling Custom Gaylord Covers available - Use the Request for Quotation Forms on next page fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-023 947
C1: Material Handling REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to supplies@imscompany.com or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Gaylord Cover Form Port Diameter (2" standard) Window Fill in the appropriate dimension blanks Negative Pressure - GN (Used for Withdrawal) Port Height (8" standard) Depth Port Diameter (2" standard) Positive Pressure - GP (Used for Filling) Window Port Height (8" standard) Depth Filter Panel Window Filter Panel Window 10" Height 10" Height Length Length GN Style Quantity: GP Style Quantity: Specify: 1. How many ports? 2. Location of Ports: 3. Are you Filling or Withdrawing Material? If Filling: 1. Blower Size: 2. Blower Air Output: 3. Other Filling Type: Please enclose a drawing if more custom items are needed. If you would like your logo silk screened in lieu of the IMS Logo please provide art file (JPEG, EPS or TIFF) Minimum Order Quantity: 25 Price: $150 for 1 color / Additional $25 for PMS color matching / Additional $6 per location for 2 color print Lead Time required Call for details Contact the IMS Supplies Team at supplies@imscompany.com for details. Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 948 C13-1-024 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to supplies@imscompany.com or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Octagon Gaylord Cover Form Fill in the appropriate dimension blanks Negative Pressure (Used for Withdrawal) Positive Pressure (Used for Filling) C1: Material Handling Port Diameter (2" standard) 8" Port Height Port Diameter (2" standard) 8" Port Height Quantity: Quantity: Features: two access ports 2" in diameter and 8" tall (standard height). Breathable filter panel and two vinyl windows for quick visual level checks. The skirt is 10" long and has an elastic band to hold the cover in place. Features: one center port 8" tall (standard height). Breathable filter panel and two vinyl windows for quick visual level checks. The skirt is 10" long and has an elastic band and belt with buckle to hold the cover securely in place. Ports can be located elsewhere if needed please mark the appropriate drawing above if you prefer this option Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-025 949
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM Adjustable Vacuum Wand Holder (3 1 /2" I.D.) Safe, Positive UP/STOP/DOWN Lever Control Extra high back prevents gaylord from falling out Air Operated Ensure a steady, uninterrupted flow of material to your loader Safe & Reliable Performance Floor Level Gaylord Tilters Easy floor-level loading with pallet jack Tilt Actuator: Heavy Duty, Multi-Ply Rubber Air Bag Rugged, 7 gauge steel construction Ratchet-Type Safety Stops tilter from crashing down if air pressure is lost. Virtually maintenance-free Easy access to all components No assembly needed, just connect your air supply Air Supply ( 1 /4" N.P.T.) Controller positioned inside unit to prevent damage Standard ONLY on IMS Tilters COMPLETELY AUTOMATIC No operator attention needed Operator valve for pneumatic lift caster option Pneumatic Lift Caster Kit Allows for easy mobility throughout your facility for multiple jobs Raises/lowers empty tilter* with simple operational hand valve Can be removed from air source during travel as the valve holds pressure in the air bags *Not intended to move full Gaylords Easy to load and now easy to move! OPTIONAL Pneumatic Lift Caster Kit 100 psi MAX Provides flexibility We don t lose valuable floor space when it is not in use. - Valued Customer (See next page for specifications and pricing) fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 950 C13-1-036/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
58" 36" 19" 24" Air Operated HOW THEY WORK An extra large air bag supplies the force to tilt the table. Air pressure to the air bag is pre-adjusted to 43 psi so it begins to tilt a typical gaylord when it empties to about 900 lbs. The more the gaylord empties, the further it tilts. It doesn t over-tip because the air bag loses leverage at sharper angles of tilt. Footprint: 51.31" x 70.38" Floor Level Gaylord Tilters 62" Easily able to accommodate 2,500 lb Gaylord Accepts all standard size gaylords NOW 5 MODELS to suit your needs and budget! Made in the U.S.A COMPLETE with Ratchet-Type Safety Stop Item No. 115952... $2028 SAME as #115952 plus Air VIBRATOR Item No. 116291... $2573 (Recommended for acrylic & other hard-to-move materials) SAME as #115952 plus Timer-Controlled Electric VIBRATOR Item No. 116288... $3047 (Recommended for acrylic & other hard-to-move materials) SAME as #115952 plus Pneumatic Lift Caster Kit Item No. 148081... $2986 SAME as #115952 WITHOUT Ratchet-Type Safety Stop Item No. 133309... $1595 C1: Material Handling Shipping Weight: 450 lbs 44" 44" SPECIFICATIONS Air Pressure: 40-100 psi (tilter regulator locked at 43 psi) Pneumatic Control Unit: Includes UP/STOP/DOWN Switch, Pressure Regulator and Gauge Bucket extension for extra large Gaylord available Call to Inquire RETROFIT KITS For adding Ratchet-Type Safety Stop to IMS floor-level tipsters #116246... $635.00 For adding Pneumatic Lift Caster Kit to IMS floor-level tipsters #148243... $1521.99 For adding Air Vibrator Assembly to IMS floor-level tipsters #129716... Inquire For adding Air Vibrator Assembly with Timer to IMS floor-level tipsters #105989... Inquire Optional Vibrator: 120/60/1, 1.4 Amp Crated Size: 60" wide x 72" long x 44 " high Spare Parts #113001 Air Bag / Bladder... $325.00 #132185 Wand Holder... Inquire #130790 Air Vibrator Assembly... Inquire #124995 Control Valve... $113.00 #115879 Air Pressure Regulator... $130.00 #125179 Timer... Inquire fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-026/2-051017 951
C1: Material Handling IMS Material Express Mini Loader Series 4 styles available Standard, Self Cleaning, Proportional, and Powder Conveying Capacity: 250 lbs/hr to 1000 lbs/hr Heavy gauge aluminum construction, stainless steel optional Microprocessor based controller See Pages 954-955 OVERVIEW Material Loaders ELECTRIC HOPPER LOADERS Aluminum Body Stainless Steel Body IMS Series Stainless Steel Material Loaders Stainless steel construction on all material contact surfaces Adjustable no-load alarm horn and strobe light Conveying Capacity: Up to 440 lbs/hr 1.4HP vacuum motor Self-cleaning See Page 1291 IMS Material Express Whisper Loader Series 4 styles available Standard, Self Cleaning, Proportional, and Powder Conveying Capacity: 950 lbs/hr to 2500 lbs/hr Heavy gauge aluminum construction, stainless steel optional Microprocessor based controller See Pages 956-957 1500PLVPA 1250VP 1250PLVPA PL1500 1750VPA 2000VPA PL1250 1500VPA Shini Self-Contained Hopper Loader Stainless steel construction on all material contact surfaces Conveying Capacity: Up to 880 lbs/hr Self-cleaning Microprocessor based controller with 3' cord Proportional valve See Page 960 JIT Design IMS Series and Shini Self-Contained JIT Hopper Loaders Stainless steel construction on all material contact surfaces Sight glass standard Self-cleaning Material shortage alarm See Page 960 and 1291 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 952 C13-1-027/1-110617 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
OVERVIEW Material Loaders COMPRESSED AIR VENTURI LOADERS JIT Venturi Style with Controller Continuous Action Venturi Style IMS Compressed Air Loader Stainless steel construction on all material contact surfaces Compressed air design reduces ambient sound over vacuum style motors Automated, self-contained design conveys material to machine when needed Conveying Capacity: Up to 500 lbs/hr See Page 962 IMS Material Express Air Type Hopper Loader Compressed air design reduces ambient sound over vacuum style motors Conveying Capacity: Up to 300 lbs/hr Easy to maintain no moving parts Fast set up, ideal for short-run jobs Continuous action of conveying material See Page 965 C1: Material Handling Shini Compressed Air Venturi Hopper Loader Stainless steel construction on all material contact surfaces Compressed air design reduces ambient sound over vacuum style motors Automated, self-contained design conveys material to machine when needed Conveying Capacity: Up to 400 lbs/hr See Page 961 Have any questions? Contact our Team: IMS Material Express ME-20 Loader Automated, self-contained design conveys material to machine when needed Compressed air design reduces ambient sound over vacuum style motors Self-contained, no need for press mounted machine hoppers Conveying Capacity: Up to 500 lbs/hr See Page 963 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-027/2-050914 953
C1: Material Handling Features - Benefits Quick release clamps - allows easy maintenance of motor and filter Pre-drilled flange - allows quick installation onto hopper lid Proximity switch - improves accuracy and reliability of material loading Microprocessor based controller with push button keypad and digital display inside NEMA-1 rated enclosure - provides user friendly, simple programming 1250 Series Mini Loaders Heavy gauge aluminum body 120V/60/1 brush type motor with 10' cord, 8 amps Quiet-by-pass air cooled motor Built in circuit breaker overload protection 1 1 /2' control cord length (12' on powder loader) 1 1 /4" inlet port 10' of 1 1 /4" grounded PVC flexible conveying hose with pick up wand and clamps per inlet Standard Loader shown 1250VP Standard and Self Cleaning Mini Loaders 1250PLVPA Proportional, Self Cleaning Mini Loader PL1250 Powder, Mini Loader 60-80 psi 60-80 psi 40-60 psi Remotely mounted control panel with 12' control cord Self Cleaning Model - uses pulses of air to clean the filter (Includes air filter regulator and mounting bracket) Proportional Model - for effective blending of two different materials Powder Model - uses pleated cartridge filter with automatic air pulses to effectively convey a wide variety of powders without blowing dust into the shop air 954 C13-1-028/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
1250 Series Mini Loaders (continued) Made in the U.S.A Base Height Overall Weight Unit Item # Style Model Filter Capacity* Diameter Above Hopper Height Unit / Ship Price 115404 Standard 1250A 105986 Nylon 600lbs/hr 11.75" 13.875" 20.25" 14 / 26 lbs $972 115403 Self-Cleaning 1250VPA 106036 Polyester Felt 600lbs/hr 11.75" 13.875" 20.25" 14 / 26 lbs $1274 115407 Proportional 1250PLVPA 106036 Polyester Felt 950lbs/hr 11.75" 18.125" 24.50" 23 / 35 lbs $2527 118317 Powder PL1250 120065 Pleated Filter 400lbs/hr 11.50" 28.75" 35" 26 / 38 lbs $1825 *Test Conditions: 35# cu/ft of round polypropylene pellets (free flowing material/powder) conveyed 10' up and into loader Stainless Steel Body and/or Brushless Motor Available Inquire 1250PLVPA Proportional Loader C1: Material Handling INTERBLEND is a static internal blender used to prevent layering with a proportioning loader 1-1/4" Virgin Inlet 1-1/4" Regrind Inlet Replacement Filters See page 958 for additional Spare Parts and Accessories Pick Up Wands Page 967 Replacement filters for Self Cleaning Loader 105986 9" nylon filter...$49.25 106036 9" polyester filter...$42.95 106002 9" gasket...$18.60 PTFE coated filters available Inquire Optional Accessories INQUIRE Loader Hose Page 473-477 Specially-designed filters capture particles down to 5 microns (powder).5 micron filter available inquire 120065 powder loader filter..$108.75 Portable Resin Bins Page 928-929 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-028/2 955
C1: Material Handling Features - Benefits Quick release clamps - allows easy maintenance of motor and filter Pre-drilled flange - allows quick installation onto hopper lid Proximity switch - improves accuracy and reliability of material loading Microprocessor based controller with push button keypad and digital display inside NEMA-1 rated enclosure - provides user friendly, simple programming WHISPER Loaders Heavy gauge aluminum body 120V/60/1 brush type motor with 10' cord, 8 amps Quiet-by-pass air cooled motor with sound deadening Built in circuit breaker overload protection 12' control cord length 10' of grounded PVC flexible conveying hose with pick up wand and clamps per inlet Standard Loader shown Made in the U.S.A 1500A & 1500VPA Standard and Self Cleaning WHISPER Loaders 1750VPA & 2000VPA Self Cleaning WHISPER Loaders 1500PLVPA Proportional, Self Cleaning WHISPER Loader PL1500 Powder, WHISPER Loader 1750VPA 1500A Self Cleaning Model - uses pulses of air to clean the filter (Includes air filter regulator and mounting bracket) 2000VPA Proportional Model - for effective blending of two different materials Remotely mounted control panel with 12' control cord Powder Model - uses pleated cartridge filter with automatic air pulses to effectively convey a wide variety of powders without blowing dust into the shop air WHISPER is a registered trademark of Pneumatic Conveying, Inc. 956 C13-1-029/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
1500, 1750 & 2000 Series WHISPER Loaders (continued) Inlet/Hose Base Height Overall Weight Unit Item # Style Model Size Filter Capacity* Diameter Above Hopper Height Unit / Ship Price 115402 Standard 1500A 1-1/2" 105977 Nylon 1600lbs/hr 15" 20.375" 30.875" 24 / 45 lbs $1805 115401 Self-Cleaning 1500VPA 1-1/2" 106026 Polyester Felt 1600lbs/hr 15" 20.375" 30.875" 24 / 45 lbs $2082 132424 Self-Cleaning 1750VPA 1-3/4" 106026 Polyester Felt 2000lbs/hr 15" 27.5" 34" 28 / 48 lbs $2981 143644 Self-Cleaning 2000VPA 2" 106026 Polyester Felt 2500lbs/hr 15" 30" 37.25" 28 / 48 lbs $3630 115405 Proportional 1500PLVPA 1-1/2" 106026 Polyester Felt 1600lbs/hr 15" 20.375" 30.875" 27 / 47 lbs $2860 118331 Powder PL1500 1-1/2" 105990 Pleated Filter 950lbs/hr 15" 26.75" 38" 32 / 52 lbs $2850 *Test Conditions: 35# cu/ft of round polypropylene pellets (free flowing material/powder) conveyed 10' up and into loader Stainless Steel Body and/or Brushless Motor Available Inquire 1500PLVPA Proportional Loader C1: Material Handling INTERBLEND is a static internal blender used to prevent layering with a proportioning loader 1-1/2" Virgin Inlet 1-1/2" Regrind Inlet Replacement Filters See page 959 for additional Spare Parts and Accessories Pick Up Wands Page 967 Replacement filters for Self Cleaning Loader 105977 14" nylon filter...$56.80 106026 14" polyester filter...$44.20 105990 14" gasket...$20.70 PTFE coated filters available Inquire Optional Accessories INQUIRE Loader Hose Page 473-477 Specially-designed filters capture particles down to 5 microns (powder).5 micron filter available inquire 120065 powder loader filter..$108.75 (3 required) Portable Resin Bins Page 928-929 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-029/2 957
C1: Material Handling IMS 1250 Series Loaders MINI LOADER Replacement Parts Item # Description Unit Price 105986 9" dia. nylon filter (for 1250A) $ 49.25 106036 9" dia. polyester felt filter (for 1250VP and 1250PLVPA) 42.95 120065 Powder loader filter (for PL1250 requires 1) 108.75 106002 9" gasket for all 9" filters 18.60 106021 Vacuum motor with fan (for 1250A, 1250VP and 1250PLVPA) 125.00 105987 Brush kit (change brushes every 300 hours) 15.85 137590 Circuit module, vacuum loader control (for 1250A and 1500A) 347.90 137591 Circuit module, vacuum loader control (for 1250VP, PL1250, 1500VP and PL1500) 347.90 137592 Circuit module, vacuum loader control (for 1250PLVPA and 1500PLVPA) 347.90 118589 Toggle switch, on/off (for all 1250 and 1500s) 44.20 116286 Proximity switch (for all 1250's and 1500s) 195.00 106056 Solenoid valve, 4-way (1250PLVPA and 1500PLVPA) 484.55 114245 Motor housing connector, 6 pin (for PLs and VPs) 44.20 107656 Motor housing connector, 7 pin (for PLVPAs) 87.25 116050 Proximity cord (for 1250A and 1500A) 50.45 106023 1 1 /4" pick-up wand (see page 967 for more selections) 58.00 108844 1 1 /4" I.D. loader hose (see page 476 for more selections) 2.50 108207 1" to 2" worm gear clamp (see page 466 for more selections) 0.51 Made in the U.S.A Mr. Techie s Tech Tips Be sure and change the motor brushes regularly. Not doing so is the number one cause of motor failure and down time. If you use glass filled material, order a stainless steel unit to prevent plastic contamination from premature aluminum body wear. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 958 C13-1-030 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS 1500 Series Loaders WHISPER LOADER Replacement Parts Item # Description Unit Price 105977 14" dia. nylon filter (for 1500A) $ 56.80 106026 14" dia. polyester felt filter (for 1500VP and 1500 PLVPA) 44.20 120065 Powder loader filter (for PL1500 requires 3) 108.75 105990 14" gasket for all 14" filters 20.70 106008 60 psi filter regulator (for 1500A, 1500VP and 1500PLVPA) Inquire 106021 Vacuum motor with fan (for 1500A, 1500VP and 1500PLVPA) 125.00 105987 Brush kit (change brushes every 300 hours) 15.85 105970 Flapper only (for all 1500s) 36.55 105978 Lid, latch and sound hood (for 1500VP and 1500PLVPA) Inquire 106052 Check valve assembly (for 1500PLVPA) Inquire 119984 Proportional cylinder port plugs (for 1500PLVPA) 37.80 137590 Circuit module, vacuum loader control (for 1250A and 1500A) 347.90 137591 Circuit module, vacuum loader control (for 1250VP, PL1250, 1500VP and PL1500) 347.90 137592 Circuit module, vacuum loader control (for 1250PLVPA and 1500PLVPA) 347.90 119393 Pulse valve assembly (for 1500VP and 1500PLVPA) 227.70 118589 Toggle switch, on/off (for all 1250 and 1500s) 44.20 116286 Proximity switch (for all 1250's and 1500s) 195.00 106056 Solenoid valve, 4-way (1250PLVPA and 1500PLVPA) 484.55 106031 Motor housing connector, 5 pin (for 1500A) 24.70 114245 Motor housing connector, 6 pin (for PLs and VPs) 44.20 107656 Motor housing connector, 7 pin (for PLVPAs) 87.25 106014 12' Interconnect cord, 5 pin (for 1500A) 80.00 109118 12' Interconnect cord, 6 pin (for 1500A) 145.45 106714 12' Interconnect cord, 7 pin (for 1500A) 170.75 116050 Proximity cord (for 1250A and 1500A) 50.45 105999 Control box, complete assembly (for 1500A) Inquire 106033 1 1 /2" pick-up wand (see page 967 for more selections) 80.00 108840 1 1 /2" I.D. loader hose (see page 476 for more selections) 2.80 108207 1" to 2" worm gear clamp (see page 466 for more selections) 0.51 Made in the U.S.A C1: Material Handling Select = Highest Quality & Value Products = Industry Standard Quality Products = Value Priced Supplies fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-031 959
C1: Material Handling Self-Contained Hopper Loaders Material loading at a great price Features - Benefits Detachable remote control (with 3' cord) - allows manual operation when machine mounted Quick release hinged hopper lid - provides easy filter changes Round mounting flange - allows easy installation for multiple mounting sizes Sound proof motor - reduces operating noise Carbon brush style motor with run time and brush fault indicator Static Wire Hose Includes: - 10' grounded loader hose, 1 1 /2" ID - 2 adjustable clamps 12' line cord with plug - 3' stainless steel pick-up wand Stainless steel construction - provides clean operation View port on discharge Adjustable automatic pneumatic filter cleaning 115V carbon brush motor /1.85 HP* (*SAL-1U: 115V /.875 HP) Material shortage alarm Motor overload protection 1 1 /2" Inlet Model SAL-6U shown Adjustable Sensor 1 YEAR WARRANTY Model SAL-3U-E shown Quick release clamp Sight glass shown IMS Capacity Level Hopper Capacity Dimensions Weight Unit Item # Shini # (lbs/hr) Switch (lbs) Height Width Depth (lbs) Price 162525 SAL-1U 66 Magnetic Proximity Switch 1 21" 11" 13" 27 $ 752 149026 SAL-3U-E 450 Photo Sensor 4.25 29-1/8" 12" 14-1/2" 27 1202 149112 SAL-6U 660 Magnetic Proximity Switch 8.5 25-3/8" 13-3/8" 16-1/8" 31 845 149533 SAL-12U 900 Magnetic Proximity Switch 17 29-3/8" 13-3/8" 16-1/8" 29 1145 Convert your standard loader into a proportional loader See below Shini Proportional Valves Accurate blending of multiple materials into single inlet receiver Easily mounts directly onto loader inlet Single DIN cable connects to loader Control Box Power: 115V Efficient blending of virgin and regrind pellets reduces production costs Control box models comply with electrical standards (CE, UL, CSA, JIS etc.) and allows compatibility with most OEM loaders Includes: - Stainless steel pick-up wand - 12' loader hose with 4 adjustable clamps IMS Flow Capacity Inlet/ Compressed Dimensions Weight Unit Item # Shini # (lbs/hr) Outlet Air Pressure Height Width Depth (lbs) Price 148861 SPV-38U 770 1.5" 40 PSI 9" 10" 6" 8 $518 148801 SPV-50U 1200 2" 40 PSI 9" 10" 6" 8 573 158415* SPV-38UC 770 1.5" 40 PSI 9" 10" 6" 10 633 158416* SPV-50UC 1200 2" 40 PSI 9" 10" 6" 10 689 For Shini Loaders Only *Control Panel included - allows usage with other loaders 960 C13-1-032-112217 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Shini US Compressed Air Venturi Hopper Loader Fully automated, on-demand material conveying Features - Benefits Ideal for use with beside the press dryers or when you need to efficiently transfer small amounts of material on demand Stainless steel construction - provides clean operation Adjustable level sensor - signals material status for efficiency Wide diameter hopper - allows material to flow without bridging Filtered exhaust - keeps shop free of pollutants Compressed air filter and regulator - eliminates moisture and maintains steady air pressure Quick release clamps for easy cleaning Adjustable direction of hopper and base Faster material changes Mounts directly onto machine throat Low maintenance filter assembly Compact and light weight C1: Material Handling 1 YEAR WARRANTY Includes: - 12' grounded loader hose, 1 1 /4" ID - 3' stainless steel pick-up wand 1. Base 2. Proximity sensor 3. Flange connecting rod 4. Hopper 5. Air filter 6. Filter hold-down knob 7. Compressed-air filter, regulator and solenoid valve 8. Air hose 9. Pick-up wand IMS Item # (Shini Model #) Capacity Compressed Level Hopper Inlet Dimensions Weight Unit 110V 220V (lbs/hr) Air Pressure Switch (cu ft) O.D. Height Width Depth (lbs) Price 149534 (VL-120I) 158417 (VL-220I) 400* 70-90 PSI Proximity Sensor 0.1 1.25" 21.25" 8" 9.5" 15 $983 *20' maximum conveying distance fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-033-050914 961
C1: Material Handling IMS Series Compressed Air Loaders Fully automated, on-demand material conveying Features - Benefits Compressed Air Design - Reduces ambient sound over noisy vacuum motors. Low maintenance, no motor brushes to change. On-Demand Style with Quick Release Clamp - Easy to clean for quick material changes. Minimal material transfer limits exposure to gaining moisture. Versatile Design - Can operate as a standalone unit for pulling from bags, drums, material bins, gaylords, granulators and material dryers. 5 1 2" Stainless Steel Construction - Clean operation, prevents contamination, wear resistant Up to 125 lbs conveying per hour at 15' distance Simple to operate electrical controller (110V standard)* with limited adjustments Quick and easy installation Made in the U.S.A Requires 90psi air pressure to operate Includes: - Stainless steel receiving unit w/ sight glass, adjustable proximity switch and pleated filter - Contoller w/ mounting bracket, adjustable air filter regulator and 6' power cord w/ grounded plug - Mounting flange - Line-Vac, gaylord/drum wand and take-off box wand - 8' of 1 1 /4" ID vacuum hose and clamps - 8' of airline tubing to connect Line-Vac to controller 21" Sight Glass (clear butylate tubing) Adjustable Proximity Switch 6" 6" DAC-1 1 3 4" I.D. Gaylord Wand 32" 9 1 2" 4" DAC-2 Take-Off Box Wand 1/4" Dia. Hole 4" 1 3 4" I.D. IMS Convey Shot Capacity Inlet Item # Model # Application Flange Capacity w/ continuous action O.D. Unit Price 143637 DAC-1 Press Mounted 6" x 6" 125 lbs/hr 10 oz 1 1 /4" $1325.00 159655 DAC-2 Hopper Mounted 4" x 4" 125 lbs/hr 10 oz 1 1 /4" $1325.00 Spare Parts 163070 Sight Glass for DAC-1 and DAC-2 $ 25.00 159734 Filter 36.00 147555 Controller with Regulator 554.00 147556 Proximity Switch / Sensor with cable 175.00 163625 Wand Only (no eductor) 1-1/4" O.D. 48.45 125622 Line Vac / Eductor 123.00 *220 volt available upon request fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 962 C13-1-034-062117 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Just-In-Time Receiver 11' Sensor Cord ME-20 LOADER with Automatic Controller and Just-In-Time Receiver Air Filter/Regulator with Gauge 10' Material Hose 3' Pick-Up Lance Air Filter prevents contamination Solenoid Valve controls air to eductor Automatic Controller 12' Grounded Power Cord with Plug 10' Air Hose The IMS MATERIAL EXPRESS Pneumatic Loader uses a Flow- Accelerating Eductor to create the large flows of air needed to move plastic granules, while using only a small amount of compressed air. AIR TYPE PHL1000 with controller and Just-In-Time Receiver Buy all the options now and save Conveys plastic directly to throat of injection machine ONE SHOT AT A TIME (Up to 500 lbs/hour) Totally Self-Contained No need for hard-to-clean press-mounted feed hoppers Simple Air Operation Cuts repair and maintenance costs Transparent Receiver Lets you monitor loader operation Air-Tight Dry materials STAYS dry Cycles ON-DEMAND Just turn it on and forget it Small, Accessible No-tools disassembly Quick and easy to clean Reduce material-change time Item No. 113193 INCLUDES: Just-In-Time Receiver, Proximity Sensor with 11' Cord, Universal Mounting Plate, Washable Filter, Automatic Controller with 12' Grounded Power Cord with Plug, 3' Pick-Up Probe with Eductor Assembly, 10' of Grounded Material Hose with clamps, Air Filter/Regulator with Gauge and 10' of Air Hose. $1,723 Spare Part #113372 Paper Filter... $40.45 C1: Material Handling Washable Air Filter Adjustable Capacitive Sensor Mount Air-Tight: Dry Material STAYS dry! Tempered Sight Glass Anodized Aluminum Construction JUST-IN-TIME RECEIVER ONLY For use with all IMS Air Type Hopper Loaders equipped with an In-Line Automatic Controller FEED MATERIAL DIRECTLY TO MOLDING PRESS ONE SHOT AT A TIME! REPLACE BIG, HARDER TO CLEAN MACHINE HOPPERS 1 1 /2" Throat 1/2" x 2 1 /4" Slots fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) SPECIFICATIONS Air Consumption... 13 SCFM @ 100 PSIG max. during ON time only Overall Dimensions... Height:18 1 /2" Base: 6" square Filter: 6 1 /2 dia. Material Inlet O.D.... 1 1 /4" Shot Capacity... 20 oz. (7 lb. with optional #113376 expansion hopper) Inquire Item No. 117286 COMPLETE with Receiver Assembly, Universal Mounting Plate, Washable Filter, $630 Material EXPRESS is a trademark of IMS Company Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-035 963
C1: Material Handling 3 4 5 2 1 6 7 18 Model ME-20 JIT Loader Replacement Parts 8 9 10 11 Illus. # Item # Description 1 113375 Washable Filter 1A 113372 Disposable Paper Filter 2 115007 Filter Cover with Tube 3 113394 Two Hand Screws 4 115013 Filter Base 5 113373 Sight Glass 6 116766 Threaded Sight Glass Standoff Rod 7 116053 Proximity Sensor (New Style, Serial #214 and Newer) 7A 113386 Proximity Sensor (Old Style, Serial #213 and Older) 116050 Sensor Cable (New Style, Serial #214 and Newer) 113374 Sensor cable (Old Style, Serial #213 and Older) 8 113399 Sensor Mounting Bracket 9 113388 Sensor Mounting Bracket Thumb Screw 10 113392 Flanged End Tube 11 116751 Standard Mounting Base (1 1 /2" Throat Size) 11A 115196 Optional Mounting Base (2 1 /2" Throat Size) 12 113390 Solenoid Valve 13 113371 Standard Eductor /Air Venturi (Aluminum) 14 114016 1 1 /4" OD Pick-up Probe w/eductor & Bag Breaker (Aluminum) 14A 119359 1 1 /4" OD Pick-up Probe without Eductor (Aluminum) 14B 114971 1 1 /4" OD Pick-up Probe w/eductor & Bag Breaker (Stainless Steel) 14C 114774 1 1 /4" OD Pick-up Probe without Eductor (Stainless Steel) 147593 Filter Regulator 15 106646 On/Off Toggle Switch (Serial #12900 and Older) 15A 144510 Circuit Breaker Switch (Serial #12901 and Newer) 16 104193 Fuse Cap 17 104172 Fuse Cap and Holder Assembly 18 119407 Air Hose Assembly with Fittings 12 13 14 16 17 15 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 964 C13-1-036-112917 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
AIR TYPE Continuous Action Hopper Loader For cost effective loading of injection machine hoppers EASY TO MAINTAIN No moving parts. FAST SET-UP Easy to move from press-to-press ideal for short-run jobs. ADJUSTABLE Flow rate of system is fully adjustable up to 5 lb/min. QUIET No loud motors or other moving parts. CLEAN Filters remove water, dirt and oil from plant air prevent contamination. UPGRADEABLE Add controller/receiver later Air Supply: 40-100 psi Operating Range: 50-60 psi (regulator furnished) Air Consumption: 8 scfm (at 50 psi - 7 1 /2 cfm, at 80 psi - 12 cfm) Carrying Tube: 1 1 /4" I.D. SPECIFICATIONS Air-Line Connection: 1 /4" N.P.T. Female Carrying Capacity: up to 5 pounds per minute Maximum Lift: 15 feet (at 5 pounds per min.) PHL1000 Pneumatic Hopper Loader Complete with Eductor Assembly, 10' Air Hose, 3' Pick-Up Lance, 10' Grounded Material Hose, J-Tube, Air Filter/Regulator with Gauge and two Hose Clamps. Item No. 117288... $618 PHL1000C Pneumatic Loader with Controller Conveys plastic to machine feed hopper on as needed basis Fully adjustable up to 5 lbs/min Air consumption is held to a minimum Complete with Proximity Sensor with 11' Cord, Automatic Controller with 12' Grounded Power Cord with Plug, 3' Pick-Up Probe with Eductor Assembly, 10' of Grounded Material Hose with Clamps, J-Tube, Air Filter/Regulator with Gauge and 10' of Air Hose. Item No. 118827... $1075 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER ONLY For use with all IMS Air Type Hopper Loaders SPECIFICATIONS Air Supply... 40-100 psi Solenoid Air-Line Fitting... 1 /4" N.P.T. Female Maximum Use Temp.... 188 F Box Dimensions... 5 1 /2" W x 7 1 /4" H x 4 1 /8" D PROXIMITY SENSOR Adjustable sensitivity Easy to Install Requires one, 1 1 /4" diameter hole in hopper Completely Sealed Easy to Clean Sensor can be removed and replaced in seconds fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Item #117289 COMPLETE with Sensor, 11' Sensor Cord, 12' Grounded Line Cord with Plug and Built-In Solenoid Valve. $495 Back pressure shuts off material flow Solid State Design 11' Sensor Cord 12' Grounded Line Cord with Plug J-Tube Air Filter/Regulator with Gauge Rugged Steel Enclosure 10' Air Hose 10' Material Hose 3' Pick-Up Lance Eductor Assembly NOTE Push suction head into pellets just deep enough to cover intake air hose. It will eat its own way down into the drum. Built-In Solenoid Valve controls air to eductor 115/60/1 2 Amp Fused Circuit C1: Material Handling Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-037 965
C1: Material Handling Line Vac Air Operated Material Conveyor TM 3 Bar Quality A FAST, LOW COST way to convey large volumes of plastic pellets, regrind even small parts over long distances Standard Duty, Medium Duty and Heavy Duty HOW IT WORKS: Available in Aluminum, 303 Stainless Steel and Compressed air flows through inlet (1) Hardened Alloy Steel (316 Stainless Steel available for into an annular plenum chamber (2). It excellent corrosion resistance) is then injected into the throat through directed nozzles (3). These jets of air Connect with existing Vacuum Hose or NPT Couplings create a vacuum at the intake (4) Maximum Temperature usage of 275 F/135 C which draws material in and accelerates (High heat up to 900 F/482 C available) it through the unit (5) at long vertical or horizontal distances. Multiple Line Vacs can be put in a series to cover long distances Line Vacs can be used with existing material loaders to assist in moving hard to transfer material NEW Heavy Duty Line Vacs made of Hardened Alloy Steel are specially engineered to convey materials over longer vertical and horizontal distances and the construction helps prevent premature wear LINE VAC THREADED LINE VAC Loader Hose, Hose Clamps (sold separately) and Pipe are shown for illustration only. See Page 1300-1301 The Line Vac is a material loader AND MORE! It is easy to install and use. Regulating the compressed air pressure provides infinite control of the conveying rate. It's compact. It's quiet, and, since there are no moving parts, it is virtually maintenance-free. The Threaded Line Vac attaches easily to plumbing pipe couplers, making it easy to build a complete, powerful conveying system using ordinary pipe and fittings. Best of all, a Line Vac costs far less than a typical, single purpose vacuum loader. Non-Threaded Line Vac Specifications and Prices Item # Standard Standard Duty Medium Medium Duty Outside Air Inlet Dia NPT Material Corrosion Resistance SCFM SLPM "H2O kpa Unit Price 275 F FAIR 10.70 303-72 -18 100.00 14.70 416-42 -11 109.00 126749 0.75 1/4" 126750 1.00 1/4" 125622 1.25 1/4" 25.90 733-42 -11 123.00 125555 1.50 3/8" 33 934-36.8-9 151.00 125623 2.00 3/8" 45 1,274-28.5-7 179.00 126751 2.50 3/8" 59 1,656-23.5-6 259.00 126752 3.00 1/2" 69 1,939-14.7-4 410.00 126753 4.00 1/2" 95 2,690-13.6-3.4 575.00 126754 5.00 1/2" 126736 0.75 1/4" 126738 1.00 1/4" 126756 1.25 1/4" 126740 1.50 3/8" 126741 2.00 3/8" 126744 2.50 126746 3.00 126748 4.00 Aluminum Temp Rating (135 C) Aluminum Stainless 275 F (135 C) 400 F FAIR GOOD (204 C) 303 Stainless Steel 128 3,625-10.5-2.6 762.00 10.70 303-72 -18 288.00 14.70 416-42 -11 303.00 25.90 733-42 -11 332.00 33 934-36.8-9 359.00 45 1,274-28.5-7 381.00 3/8" 59 1,656-23.5-6 685.00 1/2" 69 1,939-14.7-4 1246.00 1/2" 95 2,690-13.6-3.4 1903.00 400 F (204 C) GOOD See page 1300 for more information 966 C13-1-038-071017 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
GOOD BETTER BEST Select O.D. Aluminum Pick-Up Wands O.D. Stainless Steel Pick-Up Wands Length Match your hose I.D. to the wand O.D. Specifications and Prices O.D. x Length Standard Wand with Bag Protector Adjustable with Bag Protector* 1" x 36" 136284 $220.80 136285 $259.05 136319 $323.70 1 1 /4" x 36" 136287 224.65 136288 262.85 136323 323.70 1 1 /2" x 36" 136290 224.65 136291 125.00 136327 323.70 1 3 /4" x 36" 136294 254.75 136295 319.85 136331 353.90 2" x 42" 136298 254.75 136299 195.00 136335 353.90 2 1 /4" x 42" 136302 290.20 136303 347.50 N/A 2 1 /2" x 42" 136306 290.20 136307 319.85 136339 389.25 3" x 42" 136310 304.35 136311 347.50 136343 389.25 4" x 42" 136314 318.50 136315 402.85 136347 417.55 Length Specifications and Prices O.D. x Length Standard Wand with Bag Protector Adjustable with Bag Protector* 1" x 36" 136282 $ 75.00 136283 $80.00 136317 $200.05 1 1 /4" x 36" 106023 58.00 136286 115.00 136321 200.05 1 1 /2" x 36" 106033 80.00 136289 120.00 136325 200.05 1 3 /4" x 36" 136292 110.00 136293 120.00 136329 213.05 2" x 42" 136296 110.00 136297 125.00 136333 220.10 2 1 /4" x 42" 136300 115.00 136301 125.00 N/A 2 1 /2" x 42" 136304 120.00 136305 130.00 136337 233.60 3" x 42" 136308 132.35 136309 145.00 136341 233.60 4" x 42" 136312 149.00 136313 160.00 136345 248.05 Standard Features: O.D. 48" long body Adjustable air flow Angle cut on end with bag protector loop Specifications and Prices O.D. Length Material Item # Unit Price Material Item # Unit Price 1-1/4" 48" Aluminum 141925 $45.00 Stainless 165325 $ 60.00 1-1/2" 141926 55.00 165326 70.00 2" 48" Aluminum 141927 65.00 Stainless Steel 163691 85.00 2-1/2" 165324 75.00 165327 90.00 3" 147838 85.00 165328 105.00 IN STOCK for Immediate Shipment Custom Probes Made to Order Inquire * Dual tube design adjusts airflow easily. Simply loosen the thumb screw, slide the inner tube up or down to achieve desired flow and retighten thumb screw * Dual tube design adjusts airflow easily. Simply loosen the thumb screw, slide the inner tube up or down to achieve desired flow and retighten thumb screw Economical Aluminum & Stainless Steel Pick-Up Wands Length Simply cover or uncover holes to regulate suction 5 Bar Quality 3 Bar Quality Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-039-062117 967 TM Value Priced Supplies TM TM C1: Material Handling
C1: Material Handling TM Hopper Loader Probe Magnet traps tramp iron as you load material from drums, gaylords, or bins. Use it in conjunction with our hopper magnets to provide an extra measure of protection against tramp iron in your plastic material. (NOT intended to be used alone.) Aids in preventing screw and barrel wear, hopper loader damage and clogged nozzles Powerful alnico magnets provide strong pulling power Easy installation Corrosion and abrasion resistant Easily adjusts to different types of plastic Polished stainless steel All welded construction Weight: 2 lbs. Stainless steel worm-drive clamps (sold separately) 3 Bar Quality IMS Hopper Loader Probe Magnet UNIQUE CONCAVE Holding Area PREVENTS Wipe-Off! Plastic Flow ONLY FROM IMS Item # Description Unit Price 108027 Hopper Loader Probe Magnet $73.00 1" 2 1 /2" 4" 2 1 /2" Select = Highest Quality & Value Products = Industry Standard Quality Products = Value Priced Supplies fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 968 C13-1-040 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Replacement Hopper Lid/Vacuum Loader Stand Quote/Ordering Form Seals hopper from dirt Protects loader Keeps loaders upright for maintenance on bench or floor Custom made, quickly and affordably Square or round hoppers Aluminum or stainless steel standard C1: Material Handling B SPECIFY: 1. Material: Painted Steel / Color: Aluminum Stainless Steel 2. (A) Height: 3. (B) Diameter/Width: 4. (C) Length (Rectangular Only) : C A Hopper Dimensions Needed A: Vertical space required below your loader flange when the dump flap is fully extended, PLUS 1" clearance. B: If your hopper is Round or Square, measure the OUTSIDE of your hopper at the widest point (width - including the lip), PLUS 1" clearance. C: For Rectangular hoppers, also measure the outside of the hopper at the longest point (length - including the lip), PLUS 1" clearance. E, F 5. (D) Loader Cut Out Diameter: 6. (E) Mounting Hole Diameter: 7. (F) Number of Mounting Holes: 8. (G) Diameter of Lid at the Center of Mounting Holes: D G Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-041 969
TM C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM Select SPIRAL -Curve Stainless Steel Hoppers Feed material at a remarkably consistent rate A press needs consistent, smooth intake from its hopper to assure quality products. Traditional tapered hoppers can feed material into the screw in surges, resulting in voids and clumps. But the IMS SPIRAL -Curve Hopper makes smooth intake possible. Recognizing this, some press manufacturers install IMS SPIRAL hoppers as original equipment. The IMS SPIRAL -Curve Hopper uses a natural logarithmic curve to feed material at a remarkably consistent rate. No bridging or surging occurs. Whether full or nearly empty, the SPIRAL -Curve Hopper steadily feeds any type or shape of material, including virgin or mixed material. The screw flights are consistently full. Your process becomes more predictable and repeatable, improving part quality. Logarithmic SPIRAL -Curve design makes the flow of material more efficient, eliminating bridging Minimizes part rejects Retrofits any existing press Heavy duty mounting flange customized to your press Especially helpful when molding with regrind See Ordering Information on Pages 972-975 Lid and custom flange not shown Made in the U.S.A Stainless steel construction Stainless steel lid Optional sight glass/drain shows material level Optional hopper extensions increase capacity up to nearly 400% Conical, 60 Taper Stainless Steel Hoppers For ALL makes and models of injection molding machines Made in the U.S.A 4 Bar Quality Excellent for free-flowing virgin material Conical Hoppers with Blank Flange Hopper Feed Flange Item # Capacity Diameter Throat Size Unit Price 145043.65 Cu. Ft. 12" 2" 6" x 6" $463 143349 1.57 Cu. Ft. 16" 2" 712 143350 1.57 Cu. Ft. 16" 2-1/2" 6" x 6" 712 143351 1.57 Cu. Ft. 16" 3" 712 143887 2.75 Cu. Ft. 20" 2-1/2" 627 143423 3.44 Cu. Ft. 24" 3" 8" 8" 920 8" x 8" 143424 3.44 Cu. Ft. 24" 4" 920 Quality Type-304 spun stainless steel suitable for food grade applications See lids and other accessories on pages 972-973.65 Cu. Ft. Capacity NOTE: mounting flanges not shown 12" 16" 20" 24" 1.57 Cu. Ft. Capacity 2.75 Cu. Ft. Capacity 3.44 Cu. Ft. Capacity fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) See Additional Ordering Information on Pages 972-975 SPIRAL is a trademark of IMS Company 970 C13-1-042-010715 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Stainless Steel Feed Hoppers Choose the style best suited for your material Exclusive SPIRAL -Curve Hopper The IMS SPIRAL -Curve Hopper uses a natural logarithmic curve to feed material at a remarkably consistent rate. No bridging or surging occurs. Whether full or nearly empty, the SPIRAL -Curve Hopper steadily feeds any type or shape of material, including coarse or mixed material. The screw flights are consistently full. Your process becomes more predictable and repeatable, improving part quality. Standard 60 Taper Hopper IMS standard 60 Taper Hoppers are designed to replace originally purchased equipment. A variety of sizes and extensions let you buy just the right equipment for your shop at an affordable price. The OEM Replacement Hopper from IMS is well suited for virgin material. C1: Material Handling Ideal for coarse or mixed material Works best with free flowing virgin material. NOTE: Where tramp metal protection is necessary, use only drawer-type magnets so as not to interrupt flow pattern in hopper. NOTE: 12", 16" and 20" diameter hoppers also available See Page 972 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) SPIRAL is a trademark of IMS Company Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-043 971
C1: Material Handling Stainless Steel Hoppers & Components Customize your Hopper with all of the available accessories from IMS. Select from a wide variety of options - Flanges, Slide Gates, Sight Glasses, Lids, Extensions, and Drying packages - so that you have the exact hopper you need for your operation. Some of the options are pre-assembled and ready to ship today, while others are available with a short lead time. A Stainless Steel Hopper CONE ONLY Diameter 12" 16" 20" 24" CONICAL 120274 120283 120252 120208 Capacity.65 cu/ft 1.5 cu/ft 2.75 cu/ft 3.44 cu/ft lbs @ 35 lb/ft 3 22.75 54.95 96.25 120.4 Height 16" 22" 25 1 /2" 26" SPIRAL N/A N/A N/A 112134 Capacity 2.7 cu/ft N/A N/A N/A lbs @ 35 lb/ft 3 94.5 Height N/A N/A N/A 24 1 /2" Hopper with BLANK FLANGE Style Feed Throat Size Diameter 12" 16" 20" 24" Conical 2" 145043 143349 RFQ* RFQ* Conical 2-1/2" RFQ* 143350 143887 RFQ* 3" RFQ* 143351 RFQ* 143423 4" RFQ* RFQ* RFQ* 143424 Spiral - Curve 3" N/A N/A N/A 165862 Flange Size 6" x 6" 6" x 6" 6" x 6" 8" x 8" OR Hopper with CUSTOM FLANGE Style Diameter Feed Throat Size Feed Throat Size 12" 16" 20" 24" Conical Specify** 143353 143354 143355 143356 Spiral - Curve Specify** N/A N/A N/A 143357 *RFQ=Request for Quote ** See form on page 975 B Add a Slide Gate Up to 8" x 8" Diameter 12" 16" 20" 24" 143111 includes Sight Glass /Drain /Drain C Add A Sight Glass 2" x 4" Clear Poly Add A Sight Glass & Drain Diameter Diameter OR 12" 16" 20" 24" 12" 16" 20" 24" 143338 143352 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 972 C13-1-044/1-062215 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
D E Description Stainless Steel Hopper Lids Diameter 12" 16" 20" 24" Standard Lid (not clampable) 120284 120280 120251 120207 Hopper Lid: handle, hanging hook, clamping flange N/A N/A N/A 112131 Hopper Lid: hanging hook, clamping flange, plus cut out to mount loader N/A N/A N/A 143110 Hopper Lid: hanging hook, clamping flange (no handle) N/A N/A N/A 113445 Extension Kits for 24" Diameter Hoppers (Spiral or Conical) Description Height Item # Cylinder Only 112127 Extension Kit: Includes 10" stainless steel cylinder, band clamp and silicone gasket 121868 Drying Extension Cylinder Only 10" 113157 Drying Extension Kit: Includes 10" stainless steel cylinder, dispersion cone kit, stainless steel band clamp and silicone gasket 114318 Cylinder Only 20" 125295 Extension Kit: Includes 20" stainless steel cylinder, band clamp and silicone gasket 126124 Replacement Parts Description Diameter Item # Band Clamp 24" 112139 Gasket 24" 112136 C1: Material Handling F Hopper with Drying Kit Style Description Item # Conical Complete Kit Includes: stainless Complete steel hopper, lid, Kit drying extension, 2 clamp rings, 2 121872 Spiral gaskets, dispersion cone, inlet elbow, exhaust pipe and custom flange under 8" x 8" 121858 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) continued on next page Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-044/2 973
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM IMS Replacement Hopper Dryer Dispersion Cones Increase your air flow to more uniformly disperse drying air throughout your hoppers. Available in adjustable and standard models, IMS Dispersion cones feature heavy-duty welded construction for a long service life. Standard Dispersion Cone Hopper wall Hose (1 7 /8" I.D.) Dispersion cone Support legs Steel #108251 #111916 Stainless Steel Adjustable Dispersion Cones can be used with all IMS SPIRAL -Curve and Conical Drying Hoppers, and all round, tapered hoppers. Air exhaust (2" dia.) optional for closed loop drying (requires 2 5 /8" dia. hole.) Elbow and air inlet with O-ring seal (requires 2 3 /8" dia. hole) Extension pipe (not shown) Hose (2" I.D.) Hopper wall Made in the U.S.A Adjustable dispersion cone Captive, adjustable support legs(3 places) Sealed nose keeps air out of throat to prevent flow restrictions Item # Description Unit Price 108251 Steel Economy Hopper Dryer Dispersion Cone with Non-Adjustable Legs for all square or round material hoppers $ 65.00 111916 Stainless Steel Premium Hopper Dryer Dispersion Cone with Adjustable Legs for round material hoppers ONLY 204.10 Hopper Accessories IMS provides a complete selection of all hopper connection needs. From pipes and inlets to seals and bolts, IMS can provide all your needs and if you do not see it on the list, IMS can get it for you. #114317 Item # Description Unit Price Pipe Extensions / Exhaust Fitting Diameter OAL Elbow Depth 114317 Stainless steel extension pipe N/A $ 62.90 109400 Elbow for 18" hopper and air inlet fitting with O-ring seal 55.40 2" 14 1 /2" 112330 Stainless steel elbow for 18" hopper and air inlet fitting with O-ring seal 6 1 /2" 126.15 112141 Elbow for 24" hopper and air inlet fitting with O-ring seal 75.55 Custom elbow sizes available Inquire #109400 112144 Stainless steel air exhaust fitting with O-ring seal $50.00 #112144 Select = Highest Quality & Value Products = Industry Standard Quality Products = Value Priced Supplies fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 974 C13-1-045-031317 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) IMS Stainless Steel Hoppers and Accessories Hopper: (A) Item # Options: (B) Item # Options: (C) Item # Options: (D) Item # Options: (E) Item # Options: (F) Item # 24" DIAMETER Air Exhaust (2" dia.) Air Inlet (2" dia.) Optional Hopper Extension (1 max.) added here Requires extension pipe (included in kit) ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT High Efficiency Dispersion Cone adjusts to flow characteristics of different plastics (included in kit) Drying Components (for use on either style hopper) HOPPER DIMENSIONS C1: Material Handling SPIRAL - Curve Hopper Sight Glass/Drain OEM Style Hopper Sight Glass/Drain Dia. A B 12" 7" 15 7 /8" 16" 9 3 /8" 21 3 /4" 20" 10" 25 1 /2" 24" 6 3 /4" 26" Custom Mounting Flange Dimensions (Specify) Date: P.O.#: Name: Title: Company: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: ( ) FAX: ( ) E-mail: Machine Make: Tonnage: I understand that this item will be made to my specifications. No changes can be made after receipt of order. It is a non-returnable item unless defective or IMS error. Signature: Note: Other flange configurations will be promptly quoted from your sketch or blueprint. fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-046 975
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM Helps you Avoid Costly Empty Hopper Shut-Downs! Alarm Condition Indicator Light Adjustable Alarm Horn (80-95 dba at 2 ft.) 1 /8 Amp Fused Circuit ONLY FROM IMS Adjustable Sensitivity Easy To Install Requires one, 1 1 /4" diameter hole IMS Low Material-Level Hopper Alarm AUTOMATICALLY senses low material level in hopper and sounds alarm Power ON Indicator Light 7 ft. Grounded Line Cord with Plug (not shown) fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 115/60/1 PROXIMITY SENSOR Completely Sealed Easy to Clean Sensor can be removed and replaced in seconds SPECIFICATIONS PROXIMITY SENSOR:... Capacitive Type MAXIMUM USE TEMP.:... 158 F (475 F with Insulating Sensor Holder) CONTROL BOX:... Rugged Thermoplastic DIMENSIONS:... 4" L x 4" W x 6" H WEIGHT:... 3 lbs, 9 oz. Optional INSULATING SENSOR HOLDER made of high temperature PTFE protects sensor from temperatures up to 475 F Also seals opening in hopper when sensor is not in place Male HUBBELL Plug ON/OFF Switch 78" Sensor Cord Perfect monitor for manually-fed machines Great backup for automatic hopper loaders Durable construction for all molding shops Reliable Not affected by static in area TYPICAL INSTALLATION Sensor uses capacitance to sense material in hopper. With material gone, sensor triggers loud alarm and bright light. IMS Low Material-Level Alarm mounted on an IMS SPIRAL Hopper. (Hopper NOT included in price.) Low Material Level ALARM Complete with Sensor, 78" Sensor Cord, Male HUBBELL Plug, and 7' Grounded Line Cord with Plug. Item No. 109821 $462.25 #163468 Insulating Sensor Holder... $115.00 ea. #112094 Proximity Sensor with 78" Cord... HUBBELL is a registered trademark of Hubbell Inc. Made in the U.S.A Sensitivity Adjustment Screw (not shown) 158.10 ea. 976 C13-1-047-042517 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Pneumatic Hopper Agitator (Fluidizer) Easy to install Easy to use The solution to hopper product bridging Easy on the bottom line Easy to adapt to solve your unique problem Includes Locking Nut and Steel Washer 3 Bar Quality 4" O.D. 1 /2" Male NPT x 1 /4" Female NPT TM C1: Material Handling Tough: 350 F (170 C) max temperature Tough: Silicone and EPDM material Tough: Steel or stainless steel Aeration loosens up the product allowing it to flow easier. Minimum back pressure puts air energy where it is needed the most in the hopper or silo. Directional Air Flow: The fluidizer disk forces air to move along the bin wall freeing up product and assuring good clean-out. Gentle Vibration keeps the product flowing with-out allowing it to compact or plug. No Airline Plugging: Patented disk seals tightly against the hopper or silo wall and prevents airline plugging. Robust Design: The disk will not tear, pick up moisture and is unaffected by temperatures up to 350 F. Material Compatible: Silicone rubber standard in blue or white (both food grade/fda approved), or black or white EPDM. Steel Pneumatic Agitator Item No. 135221 $38.90 Stainless Steel, Food Grade Pneumatic Agitator Item No. 135211 $61.15 Mini Stainless Steel, Food Grade Pneumatic Agitator 2" O.D. 1/8" Female THD Item No. 144037...$77.90 SHIPPED FROM STOCK fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-048 977
C1: Material Handling Dri-Air Desiccant Dryers Functions independent of ambient conditions. Dries resin to lowest moisture content for processing. Complete closed loop system allows for dew point temperatures below -40 F Requires desiccant beads that adsorb and release moisture without changing size. True energy efficiency, can save up to 50% energy costs Effectively dries all types of plastics See Pages 980-985 Shini Honeycomb Desiccant Wheel Dryer Honeycomb rotor design PID temperature controller Return air filter mounted inside cabinet See Page 986 OVERVIEW Dryers DESICCANT COMPRESSED AIR Dual Bed Honeycomb Wheel Dri-Air Compressed Air Dryer Insulated stainless steel hopper Machine mounted Allows for dew point temperatures as low as -40 F Temperature Range: 70 F to 350 F Process up to 75 lbs/hr See Page 988 IMS Refrigerant Dryers Function is dependent on ambient conditions Perfect for hygroscopic resins Nylon, polycarbonate, ABS, etc Process air passes over refrigerant coils, creating thirsty air Powerful blower, filtered and heated air then whisks away moisture Portable powder coated cabinet design Temperature Range: Ambient up to 400F 5780 BTU/hr See Pages 992-993 REFRIGERANT fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 978 C13-1-049/1-050914 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hot Air Dryers Function is dependent on ambient conditions Most economical way to dry plastic resin Removes moisture from pellets by blowing hot air over the resin Works with non-hygroscopic resins Not recommended in very humid climates Temperature Range: Ambient up to 400 F Portable See Page 994 Shini Hot Air Hopper Dryer Great Price for multi-industrial use Machine mounted, stand available upon request All material contact surfaces made of stainless steel Hopper capacity ranges from 25lbs to 1850lbs.2 hp to 2 hp blower See Page 996 OVERVIEW Dryers HOT AIR DRYING HOPPERS Floor Mount Machine Mount IMS Twin Bin Portable Drying Hopper Ideal for small batch drying at the press Individual discharge openings with slide gate Dual 1.85 cu ft hoppers Works with non-hygroscopic resins For open or closed loop drying Requires connection of dryer for complete system See Page 997 IMS Mobile Drying Hopper Floor level hoppers allow for quick and easy changeover Stainless steel construction Works with non-hygroscopic resins For open or closed loop drying Requires connection of dryer for complete system See Pages 988-999 Ovens Function is dependent on ambient conditions Ideal for small, multimaterial batch drying Great for non-hygroscopic resins Drawer and tray styles available Drying Temperature: 325 F 518 F standard See Pages 1000-1003 OVENS C1: Material Handling fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-049/2-050914 979
C1: Material Handling On-Machine, Dual Desiccant Bed Dryers Conserve valuable floor space With low, below -40 F dewpoints you can be confident these units will dry most engineering materials, regardless of ambient conditions Most dryers need adapter/extensions to keep loader out of hot air stream. Dri-Air s unique design eliminates the need for any extension or adapter Stainless Steel, Insulated construction AHM Series Return Hose Made in the U.S.A Easy Access Filter 350 F Top Drying Temperature Laser cut Access Door eliminates troublesome door gaskets Electric Bed Change Valve No compressed air required (5 Year Warranty) Through the Door Disconnect High Pressure Vortex Blower Site Glass Pay for Themselves in Energy Savings Process Air Balanced design reduces stress on feed throat Model AHM-3 shown Ultra Dry Control UDC (standard) includes: Closed loop control of valve position Open thermocouple detection High temp alarm and shutdown Cycle status GREEN Products Energy efficient, temperature based desiccant regeneration adapts to ambient and material conditions fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 980 C13-1-050/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
NO slugs NO undried material HOPPER FEATURES C1: Material Handling Unique diffuser basket dries resin down to the slide gate and allows for drying less than full hoppers. Diffuser basket is constructed of spun stainless steel with a slip coupling for easy removal. Laser-cut access doors provide a smooth, tight fit and eliminates troublesome gaskets. On-Machine, Dual Desiccant Bed Dryers SPECIFICATIONS and PRICES Power: 208, 230,400, 460/1 or 3 phase Item # 144541 143397 143401 Dri-Air Model No. AHM-1 AHM-2 AHM-3 Blower CFM 10 25 35 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 10 15 25 Hopper Capacity (lbs.)* 30 60 100 Dimensions (l x w x h) 22" x 21" x 28" 30" x 29" x 42" 30" x 29" x 38" UNIT PRICE $5355.00 $7255.00 $7520.00 Item # 143402 Dri-Air Model No. AHM-4 Blower CFM 35 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 35 Hopper Capacity (lbs.)* 150 Dimensions (l x w x h) 30" x 29" x 51" UNIT PRICE $7760.00 AHM-1: 110 or 220 / 1 phase only * Based on 35 lbs/ft 3 Specify Voltage when ordering Item # DRYER OPTIONS UNIT PRICE 144617 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F (for model 144541 only) $ 275.00 144618 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F (all models except 144541) 400.00 144619 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant 325.00 144074 ADC Advanced Dryer Control (Includes Dew Point Monitor) see page 982 for details 1210.00 For Desiccant see page 987 For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-050/2-121515 981
C1: Material Handling Air Return 350 F Top Drying Temperature Thermocouple Plug By-The-Press, Dual Desiccant Bed Dryers Simplify placement and hook-up to hopper Also good for use with hopper bank and multi-hopper systems With dewpoints down to -49 F, you can be confident these units will dry all materials, regardless of ambient conditions Air Outlet ARID-X Series GREEN Products Energy efficient, temperature based desiccant regeneration adapts to ambient and material conditions Electric Bed Change Valve No compressed air required (5 Year Warranty) Textured-Gloss Powder Coat Exterior Finish Pay for Themselves in Energy Savings PLC-based Control with high temp alarm (#143403 only) Ultra Dry Control UDC (standard) includes: High temp alarm and shutdown Cycle status Open thermocouple detection Closed loop control of valve position Through the door disconnect is standard on all models OPTIONAL Advanced Dryer Control ADC features: Alpha numeric Display Spike free safe temp regeneration -49 F digital dew point monitor Advanced Controller 7 day timer - Set start and stop times daily Prevent over drying with temperature setback (optional) Hyper terminal and NMITerm communication Diagnostic Functions Temperature and Dewpoint Alarms with 3 day Event Log Temperature Calibration for ISO 9000 5 Year Warranty Heavy Duty Dual-wheel casters fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) High Pressure Vortex Blower Model ARID-X25 shown High Performance, 4 Desiccant Bed Portable Dryers available on request - Made in the U.S.A 982 C13-1-051/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
By-The-Press, Dual Desiccant Bed Dryers SPECIFICATIONS and PRICES Power: 208, 230,400, 460/1 or 3 phase Item # 143403* 143404** 143405** Dri-Air Model No. ARID-X10C ARID-X25 ARID-X35 Blower CFM 10 25 35 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 10 25 35 Dimensions (l x w x h) 18" x 11" x 21" 24" x 17" x 38" 24" x 17" x 38" Supply Hose dia. 1" 1 1 /2" 1 1 /2" Return Hose dia. 1" 1¾" 1¾" PRICE $4964 $5535 $5775 Item # 143406** 143407** 143408** Dri-Air Model No. ARID-X50 ARID-X100 ARID-X200 Blower CFM 50 100 200 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 50 100 200 Dimensions (l x w x h) 32" x 24" x 50" 32" x 24" x 50" 36" x 42" x 64" Supply Hose dia. 2" 2" 3" Return Hose dia. 1¾" 1¾" 3" PRICE $7450 $8820 $12200 Specify Voltage when ordering ARID-X10C: 110 or 220 / 1 phase only ARID-X200 230V available for $395 upcharge * INCLUDES: 6 of insulated process hose and 6 non-insulated return hose ** INCLUDES: Casters, 6 of insulated process hose and 8 of non-insulated return hose and through the door disconnect FOR MODELS: DRYER OPTIONS #143403 #143405 #143406 #143408 Item # #143404 #143407 144706 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F $280 N/A N/A N/A 144707 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F N/A $400 N/A N/A 144708 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F N/A N/A $530 N/A 144709 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F N/A N/A N/A $1375 144710 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant 215 N/A N/A N/A 144711 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant N/A 320 N/A N/A 144712 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant N/A N/A 320 N/A 144713 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant N/A N/A N/A 625 144074 ADC Advanced Dryer Control (all models, except #143403) 1210 For Desiccant see page 987 For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 C1: Material Handling The ARID-X10 is the industry s SMALLEST dual desiccant bed dryer - ONLY 21" HIGH! Ideal for lab, insert and micro-molding applications Insulated Hoppers for use with dryers w/cast adapter flanges Item # Model Capacity** Flange Feed Hole Dimensions Price 144625 RH5 5 lb* 4 in 2 2" dia. 8" dia. x 12" high $ 896 144626 RH15 15 lb* 4 in 2 2" dia. 10" dia. x 18" high 1348 144627 RH30 30 lb* 6 in 2 2" dia. 14" dia. x 28" high 1683 144628 RH60 60 lb 6 in 2 2" dia. 14" dia. x 40" high 2088 144629 RH100 100 lb 6 in 2 2" dia. 18" dia. x 37" high 2543 144630 RH150 150 lb 6 in 2 2" dia. 18" dia. x 50" high 2598 144631 RH200 200 lb 6 in 2 2" dia. 23" dia. x 47" high 3469 144632 RH300 300 lb 6 in 2 2" dia. 23" dia. x 61" high 3824 144633 RH400 400 lb 8 in 2 4" dia. 27" dia. x 60" high 4778 144634 RH600 600 lb 8 in 2 4" dia. 27" dia. x 80" high 5584 Other sizes upto 2,000 lbs available - Inquire *NOTE: 5, 15 and 30 lb size Hoppers do not have access doors HOPPER OPTIONS 144635 Flip Lid for hopper, allows manual filling no hopper loader $ 115 144636 Drill hopper lid to accept non Dri-Air Hopper Loader 180 144637 Drawer Magnet for 5 and 15 lb capacity hoppers 800 144638 Drawer Magnet for 30 lb capacity hopper 955 ARID-X10 shown with OPTIONAL 5, 15 and 30 pound capacity drying hoppers ** Based on 35 lbs/ft 3 Other size Insulated Hoppers, up to 2,000 lbs., available INQUIRE Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-051/2-121715 983
C1: Material Handling Portable, Dual Desiccant Bed Dryers All in one design facilitates placement, hook-up and hopper cleaning With dewpoints down to -49 F, you can be confident these units will dry all materials, regardless of ambient conditions Hopper cover includes an internal ring to prevent over filling of material and protect loader flap valves Stainless steel, insulated Hopper Laser cut access door eliminates troublesome gaskets and provides a smooth contact surface when closed Built-in Push Handle ADP Series Ultra Dry Control UDC (standard) includes: High temp alarm and shutdown Cycle status Open thermocouple detection Closed loop control of valve position Advanced Dryer Control ADC (optional) (5 Year Warranty) GREEN Products Electric Bed Change Valve No compressed air required (5 Year Warranty) Made in the U.S.A Model APD-3 shown Takeoff Box STANDARD Energy efficient, temperaturebased desiccant regeneration adapts to ambient and material conditions Insulated lower cone on 60 1,000 lb capacity hoppers promote faster and more efficient drying Pay for Themselves in Energy Savings Heavy Duty, Lockable Casters STANDARD Hopper from 60 300 lb capacity are seamless ideal for CD, DVD and medical molding Textured-Gloss Powder Coat Exterior Finish A Drying Hopper B Air Diffuser Basket C Take-Off Box D Return Line E Dryer Filter Element F Vortex Dryer Blower G Electric Air Valve H Thermocouples High Performance, 4 Desiccant Bed Portable Dryers available on request fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) I Desiccant Beds J Process/Regeneration Heaters K Supply Line 350 F Top Drying Temperature 984 C13-1-052/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. A B C K D J E I H G J F I
Portable, Dual Desiccant Bed Dryers SPECIFICATIONS and PRICES Power (All Models): 208, 230,400, 480, 600 50/60 Hz, 3 Phase Item # 144077 144078 144079 Dri-Air Model No. APD-1 APD-2 APD-3 Blower CFM 25 25 35 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 7.5-10 25 25 Hopper Capacity (lbs.)* 30 60 100 Dimensions (l x w x h) 25" x 39" x 57" 25" x 39" x 62" 25" x 39" x 60" PRICE $8285 $8650 $8810 Item # 144080 144081 142843 Dri-Air Model No. APD-4 APD-5 APD-6 Blower CFM 35 50 50 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 35 50 50 Hopper Capacity (lbs..)* 150 150 200 Dimensions (l x w x h) 25" x 39" x 73" 30" x 52" x 75" 30" x 52" x 69" PRICE $9310 $11120 $11660 Item # 144082 144083 144084 Dri-Air Model No. APD-7 APD-8 APD-9 Blower CFM 75 100 100 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 75 90 110 Hopper Capacity (lbs.)* 300 300 400 Dimensions (l x w x h) 30" x 52" x 84" 30" x 52" x 84" 50" x 42" x 92" PRICE $12800 $13270 $15145 Item # 144085 144086 Dri-Air Model No. APD-10 APD-11 Blower CFM 150 200 Drying Capacity (lbs./hr.) 150 200 Hopper Capacity (lbs.)* 600 600 Dimensions (l x w x h) 50" x 42" x 112" 50" x 42" x 112" PRICE $18295 $19300 Specify Vacuum Takeoff Port Size and Voltage when ordering ALL UNITS INCLUDE: Casters, vacuum takeoff and through the door disconnect APD-10 and ADP-11 230V available for $395 upcharge * Based on 35 lbs/ft 3 FOR MODELS: DRYER OPTIONS #144007 #144081 #144085 #144078 #142843 #144086 #144079 #144082 #144080 #144083 Item # #144084 142832 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F $400 N/A N/A 144087 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F N/A $530 N/A 144090 Water After-Cooler, for drying temperatures over 250 F N/A N/A $1375 142833 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant $320 N/A N/A 144088 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant N/A $320 N/A 144091 Plasticizer Trap, traps volatiles preventing contamination to filter/desiccant N/A N/A $625 144076 Low Material Level Light/Sensor on hopper indicates low levels of material (all models) $535 144074 ADC Advanced Dryer Control ADC (Includes Dew Point Monitor) see page 982 for details $1210 Pre-cooler (for temperatures under 150 F) INQUIRE Adjustable Fill Sensor (for RH60 hoppers and larger only) INQUIRE Filter Alarm INQUIRE Visual Alarm INQUIRE Temperature Set Back to prevent over drying of material INQUIRE C1: Material Handling For Desiccant see page 987 For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-052/2-121515 985
C1: Material Handling Shini Honeycomb Desiccant Wheel Dryer Great value for drying material Features - Benefits Twin condensers with mounted return air filter - prevents contamination to the honeycomb - regenerative air is quickly and accurately cooled PID temperature controller - accurately controls process system for seal temperature and regenerative temperature settings Drying temp up to 320 F 1 YEAR WARRANTY Up to 35% operating savings from similar designs Works great on hygroscopic resins Can supply dehumidified air with a dewpoint of -40 F Control Panel Return air filter mounted inside cabinet - prevents contamination to the honeycomb rotor Timing Belt Drive - eliminates slippage problems of traditional chain driven designs Honeycomb Rotor Working Principle System Flow Chart Air after dehumidified Cooling air Regenerative hot air 1 2 1 Dehumidifying Zone 3 2 Regenerative Zone 3 Cooling Zone Hopper Dryer Electrical Heat for Drying Honeycomb Rotor Cooler Drying Blower 1 3 2 Regenerative Blower Regenerative Heater Regenerative Filter Regenerative air exhaust Process Filter Cooler Every working area of honeycomb rotor 1. Dehumidifying zone 2. Regenerative zone Air before dehumidified 3. Cooling zone IMS Item # *Pounds Process Regenerative Process Regenerative Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # Per Hour Heater(kW) Heater(kW) Blower(HP) Blower(HP) Height Width Depth (LBS) Price 162514 162515 SD-80H-P 68 6.0 3.0 1.2.27 54" 21" 32" 374 $7160 162660 162661 SD-120H-P 90 6.0 3.0 1.2.27 54" 21" 32" 374 $8130 162518 162519 SD-200H-P 300 7.2 4.0 2.4.67 61" 26" 41" 583 $10105 162520 162521 SD-400H-P 550 18.0 7.2 6 1.2 69" 28" 49" 726 $13903 162522 162523 SD-700H-P 900 24.0 10.0 8.4 2.4 76" 35" 54" 1056 $21815 *Based on polycarbonate material fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 986 C13-1-053-111115 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Made in the U.S.A Molecular Sieve Desiccant Highest quality desiccant Ideal for most dryers WHY BUY HIGH-QUALITY DESICCANT? Good drying depends on good airflow. Better desiccant provides better airflow by creating less dust to clog your filters. Clean desiccant also helps prevent material contamination. The desiccant you buy today is going to dry tons of your material for tens of thousands of cycles. The per-part cost of high quality desiccant is almost too small to compute. The quality and productivity advantage is too great to ignore. Molding problems, particularly in humid months, often trace back to poor drying caused by stale desiccant. The fact is this: desiccant goes bad. Desiccant captures moisture in its pores, which become blocked with contamination over time. And only fresh desiccant gives your dryers a chance to thoroughly dry your material in hot, humid weather. Type 4A has smaller pores. It is less subject to contamination but adsorbs slightly less moisture. 5 Bar Quality Type 13X has larger pores. It adsorbs more moisture but is more subject to contamination. Most dryer manufacturers recommend Type 13X for most applications. 1/8" Beads (4 x 8 mesh) allow better airflow, but adsorb less moisture. 1/16" Beads (8 x 12 mesh) adsorb more moisture, but allow less airflow. 1 /8" (4 x 8 mesh) Shown Actual Size 1 /16" (8 x 12 mesh) TM C1: Material Handling Mr. Techie s Tech Tips Item # Bead Size Mesh Container Size Unit Price Type 4A 127918* 1 /8" 4 x 8 30 lbs. steel pail $113.65 127919* 1 /8" 4 x 8 110 lbs. fiber drum 384.50 127920* 1 /8" 4 x 8 308 lbs. steel drum 949.20 127921 1 /16" 8 x 12 30 lbs. steel pail 113.65 127922 1 /16" 8 x 12 110 lbs. fiber drum 384.50 127923 1 /16" 8 x 12 308 lbs. steel drum 949.20 Type 13X 127924* 1 /8" 4 x 8 25 lbs. steel pail $ 111.35 127925* 1 /8" 4 x 8 110 lbs. fiber drum 463.75 127926* 1 /8" 4 x 8 275 lbs. steel drum 1060.60 127927 1 /16" 8 x 12 25 lbs. steel pail 111.35 127928 1 /16" 8 x 12 110 lbs. fiber drum 463.75 127929 1 /16" 8 x 12 275 lbs. steel drum 1060.60 * Ideal for all Dri-Air models Desiccants can get contaminated or ruined by off-gases of certain resins. A general rule is to change the desiccant every 18 months. fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-054-100214 987
C1: Material Handling Features - Benefits Dry-Pak membrane - assures -40 F dewpoint air at the hopper and allows fast drying of hygroscopic resins Hopper Mounted Compressed Air Dryer Compact, easy to use dryer Standard Controller Press/Extruder mounted dryer - frees up critical shop floor space Trouble free design - no moving parts is ideal for low throughput with minimal maintenance Uses friendly operation - just set the temperature and the machine does the rest Automatic restart - dryer settings are restored on power outages less than 30 seconds in duration OPTIONAL ADC Control (shown) Alpha numeric display -49 F dewpoint monitor 7 day timer, alarm history, thermocouple alarms and temp set back to prevent over drying Insulated stainless steel hopper Dryer control includes high temp alarm and shutdown Process up to 15 lbs/hr 70 F to 350 F drying temperature without the need for water cooled after-cooler CAHM-2 includes access door and full length site glass Made in the U.S.A (see page 962 for more information) Optional floor stand and compressed air loader for a possible drying solution IMS Item # Dri-Air Process Compressed Dimensions Unit 110V 220V Model Rate Capacity Air Required Heater Height Width Depth Price 161409 161410 CAHM-1 10 lbs/hr 30 lbs 2.5 cfm 1.25 kw 28" 21" 22" $6895 161411 161638 CAHM-2 15 lbs/hr 60 lbs 2.5 cfm 2 kw 42" 29" 30" 7245 110 or 220 volt phase 1 electrics, 100 psi clean compressed air required @ 1.5-2.5 scfm fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Optional Accessories 144074 ADC Controller... $1210 144623 Dew Point Monitor... 600 116075 High Range (+10 to +70 F) Dew Point Meter... 1605 113145 Low Range (-40 to +15 F) Dew Point Meter... 1148 Floor Stand with Casters... 595 988 C13-1-055 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Monitor the output of your drying equipment Easy to Read Digital Display AT or BELOW SETPOINT Green Indicator ABOVE SETPOINT Red Indicator Dirt Resistant, Padded Case Let you establish a repeatable, controlled drying process Alert you to changes in dryer output HELP YOU MOLD BETTER PARTS CONSISTENTLY! Calibration is traceable to the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) High Pressure Bleed Valve enables high pressure testing ABOVE SETPOINT Audible Alarm Alarm Switch ON/OFF Switch 5' Grounded Line Cord Cooling Coil cools sampled air to a measurable temperature 7' PVC Sampling Tubing (120 F continuous) Factory calibrated with NIST traceable certificate TM 3 Bar Quality 2 Stock Models 1.) Choose High-Range Model 8074 with a+10 to +70 F range for use with hot air and refrigerant dryers 2.) Choose Low-Range Model 8072 with a -40 to +15 F range for use with desiccant dryers HOW THEY WORK The meter draws a dried-air sample from the dryer output. The sample s moisture level affects the electrical resistance of the meter s hygrosensor. By reading that resistance, the meter can give the Dew Point Temperature of the sample the dryer the air, the lower the dew point. See Page $1605.00 1274-1275 High-Range Model 8074 Air Filter Item No. 116075 NOTE Both Models look exactly the same on the outside. INCLUDES: Meter/Monitor, 7' PVC Sampling Tube (120 F continuous), In-Line Air Filter Chart-Recorder Connector Kit, Dirt-Resistant Case and Instructions. Desiccant Self-Test Tube (Model 8072 ONLY) Chart-Recorder Connector Kit #147905 Model 8074 with NIST Certification...Inquire Low-Range Model 8072 SPECIFICATIONS Sample Air Temperature Limits:... 40 F to 500 F Accuracy:... ±3 F (16 C) Dew Point Range: Model 8074... +10 to +70 F (-12 to +21 C) Model 8072... -40 to +15 F (-40 to -9 C) Indicator Setpoints: (factory set; field adjustable) Model 8074... +45 F Model 8072... -10 F Chart-Recorder Output:... 2-pin connector, 4-20mA (can be changed in field to 0 to 5V), scaled as -40 F to +70 F Power Requirements:... 120 VAC (stable) 50/60Hz (230 VAC optional) Carrying Case:... 9" x 121/2" x 5" deep Shipping Weight:... 8 lbs. $1148.00 #137016 Model 8072 with NIST Certification...Inquire - SPARE PARTS #103796 #103808 #113615 #116540 #112254 #108732 Desiccant Testing Tube... $ 30.80 Air Filter... 14.70 Vacuum Pump... 98.85 Hygrosensor for Model 8074... Inquire Hygrosensor for Model 8072... 106.35 3/16" I.D. PVC Sampling Tubing... 0.30/ft. #116195 3/16" (120 F continuous, up to 180 F intermittent) I.D. PVC Sampling Tubing (High Temp).. 4.30/ft. (Required for 180 F+) r. Techie s M Item No. 113145 INCLUDES: Meter/Monitor, 7' PVC Sampling Tube (120 F continuous), In-Line Air Filter, Desiccant Self-Test Tube, Chart-Recorder Connector Kit, Dirt-Resistant Case and Instructions. Te c h Ti p s Always do a pre-test or self test the meter to ensure accurate readings before sampling your dryer s dew point and change the filter every 3 months to preserve the sensor. www.imscompany.com/ie fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. (USA & Canada) 1.800.537.5375 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-056-100713 989 C1: Material Handling Digital Dew Point Meters
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM Dew Point CHART RECORDER Permanently records the dew point of a dryer s output over a 7 day period (Time-frame adjustable Inquire) Records stability of drying process. Isolates drying conditions at time of quality problems and successes. Produces document for quality records. Preset and wired for use with the Model 8072A* Dew Point Meter/Monitor NO ADJUSTMENTS NECESSARY SPECIFICATIONS Ambient Temperature: 32 F to 131 F (0 to 55 C) Relative Humidity: 5 to 90% RH at 104 F (40 C) Mounting Positions (from vertical): Tilted Forward 5 Tilted Backward 90 Tilted to Side 20 Voltage (VRMS): 115 (230 field-selectable) Frequency: 50/60Hz Power Consumption: 9 watts maximum Span Step Response Time: 7 seconds maximum Reproducibility: 0.1 percent of span Sampling Rate: Input sampled 2 times every 1.3 seconds Input Filter: Analog with time constant of 3 seconds and digital with time constant of 1 second Case: Molded, foamed-noryl with gasketed door to meet NEMA 3 enclosure requirements Pen: Disposable fiber-tip ink cartridge, line length per cartridge more than 100 ft. One Pen: Purple Size: 14" H x 14" W x 6" D Weight: 12 lbs. Chart and Pen driven by microprocessor-controlled stepper motors Precision crafted by Honeywell, Inc. 6' Power Cord Model 4027A Molded Case can be surface or panel mounted Door easily opened for access to chart, yet has gasket and sealed glass window to protect internal components. Analog and digital filters with fixed time-constants smooth input-signal to microprocessor. 15' Signal Cord with Input Plug EASY TO USE Simply connect to Dew Point Meter and plug in. Single pen recorder draws analog traces on 10" circular chart. Replace paper weekly. Item #168522 for Model 8072A (#165910) INCLUDES: Chart Recorder; 15 foot Signal Cord; 6 foot Power Cord with Grounded Plug; 100 sheets of 7-Day Circular Chart Paper and Mounting Bracket. $1,545 Item #115615 for Model 8072 (#113145)...$1,750 - SPARE PARTS - #115608... Circular Chart Paper, 100 sheets... $105.05 #115611... Pens, 6 Pack (purple)... 98.85 *NOTE: Due to the connector differences, confirm which model Dew Point Meter you have before ordering 990 C13-1-057-011715 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Mr. Techie s Tech PROCESS TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDELINES CRYSTALLINE MATERIALS AMORPHOUS MATERIALS Problem Lower/Reduce Raise/Increase Lower/Reduce Raise/Increase SPLAY Injection Pressure Melt Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Holding Pressure Time Mold Temp Moisture Content Gate Size Injection Speed Gate Size Injection Pressure Mold Release Spray Screw Speed Hold Pressure Time Venting FLASH Melt Temp Clamp Pressure Melt Temp Clamp Pressure Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed VOIDS Injection Speed Melt Temp Mold Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Moisture Content Gate Size Moisture Content Gate Size Cooling Time Injection Pressure Cooling Time Injection Pressure Back Pressure Injection Speed Back Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time WARPAGE Melt Temp Cooling Time Melt Temp Hold Pressure Time Mold Temp Injection Speed Mold Temp Cooling Time Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Back Pressure SINKS Mold Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Gate Size Gate Size Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed Injection Speed Venting SHORT SHOT Cushion Venting Melt Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Mold Temp Gate Size Gate Size Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed Injection Speed Venting GLOSSINESS Mold Release Spray Melt Temp Mold Release Spray Melt Temp Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Injection Speed Hold Pressure Time Venting Injection Speed Venting PARTS STICKING Melt Temp Mold Release Spray Melt Temp Mold Release Spray Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Cooling Time Cooling Time Injection Speed Injection Speed BRITTLENESS Melt Temp Gate Size Moisture Content Gate Size Moisture Content Venting Injection Pressure Venting Injection Pressure Back Pressure Back Pressure Screw Speed Screw Speed Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Cushion Cushion Regrind Regrind Mold Release Spray BURN MARKS Mold Release Spray Injection Pressure Venting Melt Temp Gate Size Injection Speed Injection Pressure Venting DELAMINATION Melt Temp Mold Temp Moisture Content Mold Temp Injection Speed Gate Size Gate Size WELD LINES Moisture Content Melt Temp Moisture Content Melt Temp Mold Temp Mold Temp Gate Size Gate Size Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed Injection Speed Venting Venting JETTING Injection Speed Melt Temp Injection Speed Melt Temp Hold Pressure Time Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Gate Size Gate Size Tips C1: Material Handling Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-058 991
C1: Material Handling Solid State Controller Long- Lasting Mercury Relays IMS Refrigerant Type Hopper Dryer Outlet for Hot, Dry Air HIGH CAPACITY! 5780 BTU/hr Easy access to Heating Elements Hinged Electronic Panel for quick access Made in the U.S.A Fresh Air Intake High- Filtration Air Filter provides superior particle removal and superior air flow Rubber Casters for easy mobility PRECISE, CONSISTENTLY DRY OUTPUT Hinged Access Door for easy cleaning of Compressor Coil Precise, Consistently Dry Output Machine open for illustration only. Heating Chamber has 4" thick, mineral wool insulation Panel Lights indicate all functions Heavy duty, Commercial Refrigeration built for continuous service Dehumidifier Automatic Thermostat is user-setable to achieve optimum 34 F coil temperature Recessed Controls prevent component damage Pressurized Hot-Air Chamber for long element life Protective Interlock (Blower must be ON to start heater and compressor) Quiet, Long-Life Mercury Relays on Heater and Compressor Overheat Safety Switch shuts heaters off on runaway heats over 450 F Easy-to-remove panels for quick access to components Rugged, Portable Cabinet Permanent Lubrication High Efficiency Paper Filter gives improved protection on entire system (removable from either side) Mr. Techie s Tech Tips Never run your dryer without filters or with dirty filters. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 3 /8" Copper, Water Drain Tube 20" from floor (not shown) Tapered duct behind evaporation coil uses full coil-surface area Silicone-Sealed Air Passage prevents air from bypassing filter and cooling coil 992 C13-1-059/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Refrigerant Type Hopper Dryer Model MD750 Perfect for drying Nylon, Polycarbonate, ABS, SAN etc. Made in the U.S.A THE WORK HORSE OF THE INDUSTRY WITH 2 YEAR WARRANTY! High-Output Blower ensures EVEN Temperatures THROUGHOUT your hopper! Precise, Consistently Dry Output C1: Material Handling MEASUREMENTS Replaceable Air Filter:... 14" 20" 1" Drain Connection:... 3 /8" Copper Tubing, 20" from floor Dimensions:... 51" high 22" wide 36" deep Crated Weight:... 230 V: 340 lbs, 460 V: 380 lbs SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Range:... Ambient air to 400 F Insulation:... 4" thick mineral wool around heating chamber Output Air Connection:... 1 1 /2" N.P.T. takes standard 1 7 /8" ID hose Capacity: Up to 300 lbs/hr, depending material and moisture content MAIN ELECTRICS Heating Element:... Open nichrome coil, 7.5 kw duct type Blower: 810 cfm @ 1" static pressure. 1 hp, 3450 rpm motor with overload protection Control Circuit:... 115V, fused 1 amp Quiet, Long-Life Mercury Relay Temperature Controller:... 50 to 400 F, Accurate to ±2 F Separate, high-heat limit set at 450 F:... Automatic Reset Heater Fuses: 230 V... Three, 30 amps 460 V:... Three, 10 amps Main Circuit Breaker: 230 V... 40 amps 460 V... 25 amps Indicator: Function indicator lights on control panel. REFRIGERATION UNIT Compressor:... 1 /2 hp, 230/60/1 protected by 15-amp fuse Rating:. 5,780 btu/hr at 30 suction temperature with separate condenser. Running Amps:... 6 Refrigerant... 134a Mr. Techie s Tech Tips A dryers vent is just like your dryers vent at home. Hot, moist air is exhausted into the air. If possible always vent your material dryers to the outside. fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Includes High Efficiency Dispersion Cone Increases air dispersion to the CRITICAL areas of your hopper NOTE: Adjustable, High-Efficiency Dispersion Cone also available to order See page 974 Also Includes Condenser Cleaning Brush Refrigerant Type Hopper Dryer Complete with 2" dial thermometer, 12' of #108653 Silicone Hose, 2 #108195 Hose Clamps and 1 #108251 Hot-Air Dispersion Cone for placement in your hopper. SPECIFY VOLTAGE #119920... (230/60/3)... $5,605 #119916... (460/60/3)... 5,990 SPARE PARTS #134447 Accessory Kit Complete with 12' of #108653 Silicone Hose, 2 #108195 Hose Clamps and 1 #108251 Hot-Air Dispersion Cone (Does NOT include 2" dial thermometer)... $107.80 #108501 Condenser Cleaning Brush... 4.45 For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-059/2-011314 993
C1: Material Handling IMS Hot Air Type Hopper Dryer A Simple, Effective and Affordable Material Dryer! (Not recommended for hygroscopic materials such as nylon) POWERFUL & VERSATILE 1 hp blower develops 810 cfm. Can often serve two or more small presses, OR connect to an IMS Portable Twin-Bin Hopper for multi-color drying. DURABLE FULL 2 YEAR WARRANTY COMPACT & PORTABLE Only 25 1 /2" long x 22 1 /2" wide x 40" high. All-swivel casters for easy mobility. SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Range:... Ambient to 400 F Temperature Controller:... 50 to 400 F, accurate to ± 2 F Control Circuit:... 115V, fused 1 amp Quiet, Long-Life Mercury Relay Separate high-heat limit set at 450 F:... Automatic Reset Heater Fuses: 230/60/3... three, 20 amp 460/60/3... three, 10 amp Main Circuit Breaker: 230/60/3... 25 amp 460/60/3... 15 amp Function-Indicator Lights on Control Panel Heating Element:... Open Nichrome Coil, 7.5 kw, Duct Type Full Load Amps:... 24 (230/60/3), 12 (460/60/3) Insulation:... 4" thick, mineral wool around heating chamber Blower: 810 cfm @ 1" static pressure, 1 hp, 3450 rpm motor with overload protection Air-Out Connection:... 1 1 /2" N.P.T. to use with 1 7 /8" I.D. hose High-Efficiency, Replaceable Air Filter:... 19 1 /2" x 13 1 /2" x 7 /8" Output Air Thermometer:... 50 to 400 F, accurate to ± 1% Weight: Crated (with hose and dispersion cone)... 200 lbs For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 Easy Access to Blower Motor and Air Filter Hinged cover provides fast, easy access to heating elements. (shown open for illustration only) Includes High Efficiency Dispersion Cone Increases air dispersion to the CRITICAL areas of your hopper Made in the U.S.A PBT Control Box with Hinged, Clear Polycarbonate Lid - protects electrics, discourages tampering Model HAD751 NOTE: Adjustable, High-Efficiency Dispersion Cone also available to order See page 974 Hot Air Hopper Dryer Complete with 2" dial thermometer, 12' of #108653 Silicone Hose, 2 #108195 Hose Clamps and 1 #108251 Hot-Air Dispersion Cone for placement in your hopper. SPECIFY VOLTAGE #110274... (230/60/3)... $3,918 #110273... (460/60/3)... 3,918 SPARE PARTS #134447 Accessory Kit Complete with 12' of #108653 Silicone Hose, 2 #108195 Hose Clamps and 1 #108251 Hot-Air Dispersion Cone (Does NOT include 2" dial thermometer)... $107.80 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 994 C13-1-060 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REPLACEMENT PARTS For IMS Hot Air and Refrigerant Type Hopper Dryers Item # Description Unit Price Hot Air Model MD100 108363 Heater Coil and Rack, 460/60/3, 86.53 Ohms (± 5%), 7.5 KW $270.00 108372 Heater Coil and Rack, 230/60/3, 19.87 Ohms (± 5%), 7.5 KW 189.05 108686 Temperature Controller, Fenwall Series 54-4 Inquire 111533 Circuit Board with no ON/OFF switch 346.75 (Replaces old part #HDZZ-543 Limit Switch, High Temp., Chromolox Series 3283) 112805 Main Temperature Controller 359.30 Hot Air Model HAD751 108363 Heater Coil and Rack, 460/60/3, 86.53 Ohms (± 5%), 7.5 KW $270.00 112805 Main Temperature Controller 359.30 Refrigerant Model HD75050 108361 Heater Coil and Rack, 460/60/1, 52.98 Ohms (± 5%), 7..5 KW Inquire 108677 Circuit Breaker, 40 Amp Inquire 112805 Main Temperature Controller $359.30 Refrigerant Model MD750-50 108363 Heater Coil and Rack, 460/60/3, 86.53 Ohms (± 5%), 7.5 KW $270.00 108372 Heater Coil and Rack, 230/60/3, 19.87 Ohms (± 5%), 7.5 KW 189.05 108686 Temperature Controller, Fenwall Series 54-4 Inquire 111533 Circuit Board with no ON/OFF switch (Serial # s 0295 and before) 346.75 (Replaces old part #HDZZ-543 Limit Switch, High Temp., Chromolox Series 3283) 112805 Main Temperature Controller 359.30 (NOTE: Model MD750-50A uses a West Controller INQUIRE) 113743 Metal Air Flow Filter, 14 x 16 x 1 22.10 114177 Condenser Fan Motor (230 volt) 137.20 Refrigerant Model MD750 112805 Main Temperature Controller $359.30 C1: Material Handling IMS Hopper Dryer Air Manifold Lets you serve 2 presses at once Use this manifold to connect your dryer to two press hoppers or one press hopper and an IMS Twin Bin Drying Hopper. Quick installation, just screw it on Easily modified to fit any size application T-valves are 1 1 /2" N.P.T. for 1 7 /8" I.D. hose Individual shutoff valves Fitting for dryer air-out connection Simply screws onto dryer, 1 1 /2" N.P.T. air-out connection (standard size on IMS MD750 and HAD751 Hopper Dryers) Individual Shut-Off Valves 3 Bar Quality TM Item # Description Unit Price 110503 Hopper Dryer Air Manifold $90.70 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-061 995
C1: Material Handling Shini Hot Air Hopper Dryer Great value for drying material Features - Benefits Stainless steel construction on all contact surfaces - avoids contamination with material PID microprocessor controller - provides accurate temp control, digital display and auto start/stop functions Hinged hopper design - provides easy access to interior simplifying cleaning and maintenance Unique hot air inlet design - prevents dust collection at bottom of the pipe heaters Insulated blower - prolongs blower life expectancy Many Sizes In Stock Overheat protection to ensure reliable operation Removable hopper base from dryer 24 hour automatic start/stop time 1 YEAR WARRANTY How It Works In the drying process, hot air with constant temperature is moved by a blower into a twolayer insulated hopper to dry the materials. Moisture will be separated out and taken away by hot air, thus drying material. Through the screen and shade separator, hot air can be equally dispersed in the material of the hopper (see illustration below). 1 2 3 7 1. Air outlet pipe 2. Blower 3. Control Box 4. Hot air pipe 5. Shade separator 6. Screen separator 7. Drying hopper 6 5 4 IMS Item # Hopper Capacity Heater Blower Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # (LBS) (kw) (HP) Height Width Depth (LBS) Price 161891 161892 SHD-12-T-UL 25 2 1/5 34" 26" 14" 60 $828 161893 161894 SHD-25-T-UL 55 3 1/5 40" 29" 16" 75 $957 161895 161896 SHD-50-T-UL 110 4 1/5 45" 33" 19" 100 $1029 161897 161898 SHD-75-T-UL 165 4 1/5 49" 35" 22" 135 $1230 161899 161900 SHD-100-T-UL 200 6 1/3 53" 38" 24" 170 $1559 161901 161902 SHD-150-T-UL 285 6 1/3 62" 38" 28" 220 $1760 161903 161904 SHD-200-T-UL 370 12 1/2 62" 49" 30" 330 $2262 161905 161906 SHD-300-T-UL 550 15 1/2 78" 49" 30" 355 $2776 161907 161908 SHD-400-T-UL 740 18 1 83" 54" 36" 500 $3436 161909 161910 SHD-500-T-UL 925 20 1 90" 4" 36" 500 $3765 161911 161912 SHD-600-T-UL 1110 21 1 100" 54" 37" 550 $3951 161913 161914 SHD-800-T-UL 1450 24 1 106" 56" 24" 620 $6674 161915 161916 SHD-1000-T-UL 1850 32 2 118" 56" 24" 670 $7533 Blower inlet filters, exhaust air filters, hot air regulators, floor stands, material suction box available Inquire 996 C13-1-062-052615 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Twin Bin, Portable Drying Hoppers Ideal for small-batch drying away from the press! Hinged Hopper Covers with handle and latch open to center Individual Hopper Air-Flow Valves Individual Dial Thermometers Individual Discharge Openings with Slide Gate ONLY FROM IMS C1: Material Handling Rugged, Welded Steel Frame Caster-Mounted for easy moving Made in the U.S.A SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions:... 36" long x 17" wide x 56" high Hopper Discharge-Opening Height:... 33 1 /2" Hopper Capacity:... 1.85 cu. ft. each (Each hopper will hold 60# Polypropylene or 75# Nylon) Bin Size:... 15" x 15" x 21" deep Air Ports:... (1 7 /8" O.D.) (2" Hose) Weight:... 164 lbs, crated Item # Description Unit Price 109593 Twin Bin Closed Loop Portable Drying Hopper Inquire For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 Mr. Techie s Tech Tips Virgin Acetal needs to be dried at 180 degrees. However, regrind that has set for longer than a week needs to be dried at 230 degrees. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-063 997
C1: Material Handling Select Features - Benefits Convenient floor level hoppers - allow quicker, easier and safer change-overs of materials and colors Unique, logarithmic Spiral curve hopper design - ensures smooth, even material flow for difficult materials Stainless steel hopper and components - sturdy, rust free construction Portable design - allows quick and easy cleaning for decreased downtime Material being processed Unique, Logarithmic Spiral Curve - promotes even flow of the most difficult materials Mobile Drying Hoppers A BETTER WAY to dry MINIMIZE DOWNTIME 6" x 7 1 /2" Slide Gate with 3" dia Feed Hole fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) For OPEN or CLOSED-LOOP Drying Minimize Downtime Spiral Model #113228 shown Loader Discharge Spout Air Exhaust (2" dia.) Air Inlet (2" dia.) ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT High Efficiency Dispersion Cone adjusts to flow characteristics of different plastics 10" 24" to 26" Rugged Aluminum Cart Big, 4" dia. Rubber, Swivel Casters for easy movement 300 lb. Capacity (Based on 35 lbs per sq. ft.) Easily increased with clamp-on extensions Stainless Steel Lid, Clamp and High Temp Silicone Gasket Hopper Extension Clamp and Gasket 24" Diameter Hopper - UNIT PRICE - Includes: Cart w/ casters, hopper assembly (Spiral /OEM hopper, hopper extension, stainless steel lid, two high temp silicone gaskets, two clamps, slide gate) and drying assembly (2" inlet elbow, dispersion cone and 2" exhaust) Item No. 113228 with Spiral Curve Hopper $2,340 Item No. 134006 with OEM - Conical Hopper $2,178 Made in the U.S.A 2 YEAR WARRANTY 2 Hopper Styles Available Logarithmic Spiral Curve OEM - Conical 28" 32" 60" Standard Conical Model #134006 shown 998 C13-1-064/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Select Mobile Drying Hoppers (continued) High-Efficiency Dispersion Cone for IMS Spiral and Conical Drying Hoppers and ALL Round, Tapered Hoppers For difficult-to-feed materials Rugged, all-welded cone construction Adjustable cone-height for variable flow characteristics Swaged hose fittings for quick and easy removal when cleaning Rigid assembly for maximum performance C1: Material Handling - UNIT PRICE - 1 Adjustable Dispersion Cone #108806 (carbon steel)... $132.30 ea. #111916 (stainless steel)... 204.10 ea. 2 Elbow for 18" hopper and Air Inlet Fitting with O-Ring Seal #109400 (carbon steel)... $55.40 #112144 (stainless steel)... 50.00 (other elbow sizes available - inquire) 3 Air Exhaust Fitting with O-Ring Seal #112144 (stainless steel)... $50.00 3" dia. Probes MAX fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) OPTIONAL ADD-ON AIR TAKE-OFF COMPONENTS (Bolts to bottom of slide gate) INSULATED BOOT SLEEVE ONLY #114170 $69.25 DRAWER-TYPE MAGNET ONLY #105323 $136.55 HOUSING ONLY (no magnet or boot sleeve) #114165 $289.95 #114318 Hopper Extension Kit (150 lb add-on capacity) includes 10" high extension cylinder, gasket, clamp and dispersion extension pipe... $650.70 ea. Use with any on demand loader (Such as the IMS ME-20 Material Express) No more climbing atop the injection machine to clean or service press-mounted hoppers Closed-Loop Hopper Dryer IMS Mobile Drying Hoppers On Demand Loader Typical Installation would include a closed loop dryer, two or more mobile hoppers and a small or hopperless on demand loader. As one hopper feeds machine, another can be filled and dried. Color or material changes can be prepared in advance and wheeled into position for quick, easy change-over. All cleanup and main tenance work on hoppers can be done without interfering with production. For Dryer Hose and Insulation see pages 470-477 SPIRAL is a trademark of IMS Company Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-064/2-010715 999
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM IMS 6 and 9 Tray Convection Bench Ovens Need to dry, anneal, or test in small batches? Each tray of the 6 or 9 Tray Bench Oven can hold up to 3.5 lbs. of (styrene) plastic pellets. The 6 Tray Bench Oven heats up to 518 F; the 9 Tray Bench Oven up to 392 F. Hotter temperatures dry the material quickly, increasing productivity. Corrosion resistant trays, shelves and interiors prevent contamination and help ensure a long service life. Incoloy sheathed heating elements Mercury thermometer Graduated knob type thermostat control Adjustable shelves Mineral-wool insulation 6' cord (plug included on 120 volt models) Damper controlled induced-air circulation Baked enamel finish Note: DO NOT use any oven where flammable solvents can be given off, as in paint drying, etc. NEVER leave any oven unattended. Use these ovens for surface drying only; not recommended for hygroscopic plastics. For hygroscopic plastics, see desiccant type dryers. Illustrated: IMS 1.6 kw, 9 tray bench type oven, complete with thermostat control and drying trays Made in the U.S.A door shown open for illustration only Specifications and Prices #108288 #108287 and #108276 Model Number: DG0106-120 DG0209-120 and DG0209-240 Maximum Temperature: 518 F 392 F Internal Wall Material: galvanized steel galvanized steel Tray Material: nickel-plated steel nickel-plated steel Thermostat Control Accuracy: ±21 F ±21 F Incoloy Heating Elements: one 800W two 800W Amperage: 6.7 amps (120/60/1) 13.4 amps (120/60/1) 6.7 amps (240/60/1) Tray Size (Inside): 4 1 /2" w x 8 1 /2" l x 2 1 /2" d 4 1 /2" w x 8 1 /2" l x 2 1 /2" d Oven Size (Outside): 17" w x 17 3 /8" l x 24" h 20" w x 14" l x 25" h (Inside): 13" w x 13" l x 13" h 18" w x 12" l x 16" h Crated Weight: 75 lbs. 75 lbs. Item # Description Unit Price 108288 6 Tray bench oven (120 volt) $1475 108287 9 Tray bench oven (120 volt) 1475 108276 9 Tray bench oven (240 volt) 1475 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1000 C13-1-065 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
TM Made in the U.S.A IMS 10-Tray Heavy-duty Convection Oven Designed for the production floor, this heavy-duty oven comes with 10 trays that each hold 31.5 lbs. of (styrene) plastic for drying in small batches. Convection type heating prevents fine material from blowing around. Corrosion resistant trays, shelves and interiors prevent contamination and help ensure a long service life. Freestanding for placement anywhere on production floor Convection heating design (no fan) Chrome-steel sheathed strip heaters Maximum temperature: 325 F Knob type thermostat control calibrated in degrees High temperature safety switch Heavy duty, offset door hinges 315 lbs. of (styrene) plastic capacity Available with optional closed loop ports for desiccant drying. doors shown open for illustration only 3 Bar Quality C1: Material Handling Note: NOTE: DO NOT use any oven where flammable solvents can be given off, as in paint drying, etc. NEVER leave any oven unattended. For surface drying only. For hygroscopic plastics, order optional closed loop unit for use with desiccant dryer attachment. Specifications and Prices Model Number: DG0410 Maximum Temperature: 325 F Internal Wall Material: Type 430 stainless steel Tray Material: nickel plated steel Thermostat Control Accuracy: ±10 F Sheathed Strip Heaters: 4 kw, chrome steel Rockwool Insulation: 2" thick Amperage: 18 amps (240/60/1) Tray Size (Inside): 15" w x 24" l x 2 1 /2" d Oven Size (Outside with stand): 48 3 /4" w x 30" l x 44" h (Inside): 16" w x 25" l x 20" h Crated Weight: 600 lbs. Item # Description Unit Price 108271 10 Tray Freestanding Oven (240 volts)a Complete with sheathed strip heaters and high temperature safety switch $9805 Optional Accessories Closed loop unit with desiccant dryer inlet/outlet attachment Inquire fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-066 1001
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM IMS 8-Tray Forced-Air Bench Oven Each tray holds up to 16 lbs. of (styrene) plastic for drying small batches. Corrosion resistant trays, shelves and interiors prevent contamination and help ensure a long service life. Fan-forced air heats more consistently, improving quality Four, removable and adjustable nickelplated shelves Maximum temperature: 350 F Fully adjustable thermostat control High temperature safety switch 6', 3-wire line cord with molded 5-20p plug (120 volt model only) Baked enamel finish Capacity: 128 lbs. (styrene) doors shown open for illustration only Made in the U.S.A Note: DO NOT use any oven where flammable solvents can be given off, as in paint drying, etc. NEVER leave any oven unattended. For surface drying only. For hygroscopic plastics, order optional closed loop unit for use with desiccant dryer attachment. Specifications and Prices Model Number: Maximum Temperature: Internal Wall Material: Tray Material: Thermostat Control Accuracy: Incoloy Heating Elements: NB350 350 F stainless steel nickel plated steel ±10 F two 1 kw Amperage: 19 Amps (120/60/1) 10 Amps (240/60/1) Tray Size (Inside): 11 1 /2" w x 20" l x 2" d Oven Size (Outside): 41" w x 30" l x 23" h (Inside): 28" w x 24" l x 18" h Crated Weight: 250 lbs. Item # Description Unit Price 114615 8 Tray bench oven (120 volt) $2985 114623 8 Tray bench oven (240 volt) 3240 Optional Accessories 108286 Set of 8 trays $800 108268 Indicating mercury thermometer 135 115170 Individual unit stand (33 1 /2" high) 515 109099 3" oven exhaust and 3" OD in-take manifold (Used to connect IMS ovens with desiccant dryer port) 946 138091 Closed loop desiccant dryer inlet/outlet Inquire 155749 60 minute automatic oven shutoff timer Inquire 108273 12 hour automatic oven shutoff timer 375 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1002 C13-1-067 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Made in the U.S.A IMS 8-Drawer Forced-Air Bench Oven Drawers reduce heat loss and temperature changes compared to tray ovens with doors. Corrosion resistant trays, shelves and interiors prevent contamination and help ensure a long service life. Each drawer holds up to 20.5 lbs. (styrene), permitting small batches Fan-forced air heats more consistently, improving quality Fully adjustable thermostat control High temperature safety switch 6', 3-wire line cord with molded 5-20p plug (120 volt model only) Baked enamel finish Capacity: about 165 lbs. (styrene) drawers shown open for illustration only 3 Bar Quality TM C1: Material Handling Note: DO NOT use any oven where flammable solvents can be given off, as in paint drying, etc. NEVER leave any oven unattended. For surface drying only. For hygroscopic plastics, order optional closed loop unit for use with desiccant dryer attachment. Specifications and Prices Model Number: Maximum Temperature: Internal Wall Material: Tray Material: Thermostat Control Accuracy: Incoloy Heating Elements: DR350 350 F stainless steel Type 430 stainless steel ±10 F two 1 kw Amperage: 19 amps (120/60/1) 10 amps (240/60/1) Drawer Size (Inside): 11 3 /4" w x 25" l x 2" d (will accept 3 1 /2" high pieces) Oven Size: 41" w x 30" l x 23" h Crated Weight: 285 lbs. Item # Description Unit Price 115827 8 Drawer Thermoplastic Bench Oven (120 volts) $2999 115823 8 Drawer Thermoplastic Bench Oven (240 volts) 3225 Optional Accessories 108268 Indicating mercury thermometer $135 115170 Individual unit stand (33 1 /2" high) 515 109099 3" oven exhaust and 3" OD in-take manifold (Used to connect IMS ovens with desiccant dryer port) 946 138091 Closed loop desiccant dryer inlet/outlet Inquire 155749 60 minute automatic oven shutoff timer Inquire 118481 12 hour automatic oven shutoff timer Inquire fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-068 1003
C1: Material Handling IMS Hopper Magnet Specifications Why you should specify and purchase only IMS Magnets IMS uses only the best magnetic materials and stainless steel to construct the easiest to clean, most powerful holding and best-reachout hopper magnets in the plastics industry. IMS offers 4 basic designs with different degrees of reachout and holding power, and different levels of cost. IMS has been your #1 source for positive tramp-metal protection since 1949. We have developed virtually every hopper-magnet breakthrough by constantly searching and trying every magnetic material known to man and assembling them in different configurations to optimize your protection. SUPER MM LC ECONOMY Mass Magnetized Diverters: None used 1 1 /8" wide, 11 ga., 1" wide, 16 ga., 1 1 /8" wide, 14 ga., 90 bend, 3 /4" legs 90 bend, 5 /8" legs 90 bend, 3 /4" legs Space (between diverters): None used 7 /8" 1" 7 /8" Webs: Rod Supports None used 11 ga. 14 ga. Web Size: 3 /8" dia. None used 3 /4" high 1 7 /8" high Magnetic Tubes: 1" O.D. (.049 wall) None used 1" O.D. (.049 wall) 1" O.D. Magnets: Rare Earth Power Pack (Ceramic) Ceramic Ceramic Spacing on Center: 1 1 /2" bar to bar 2" diverter to diverter 2" bar to bar 2" bar to bar Space Between Tubes: 1 /2" None used 1" 1" Construction: Tack to rods All welded Tack welded Punched webs plus 2 places each tube track welding Finish: 80-Grit, 80-Grit, 80-Grit, Glass Bead Blasted Glass Bead Blasted Glass Bead Blasted Glass Bead Blasted Type of Stainless: 304 304 and 430 304 304 Overall Height: 1 3 /8" 2 7 /8" 2 1 /8" 2 3 /8" -CAUTION- Never lay magnets on or near electric motors or electric power sources. Keep cell phones and electronic devices away from magnets Mr. Techie s Tech Tips NOTE: ALL magnets tend to lose some magnetic power as ambient temperature increases. Inquire for recommendations and performance comparisons if your application calls for temperatures over 400 Fahrenheit. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1004 C13-1-069 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Magnet Housings and Rare Earth Magnets Select Our best drawer magnet value for metal separation Stainless Steel Housing with Carbon Steel Flanges PLUS Lifetime Guarantee Drawer locking knobs made of high-torque, break-resistant nylon Custom flanges are made of standard 1 /4" thick steel Patent-pending 6" x 6" magnet shown 5 Bar Quality Magnet Housings feature: Non-magnetizing, stainless steel construction so no magnetic power is lost to the housing. Mild steel flanges for low cost. Patented NO-SPILL Slide Gate with exclusive magnetic latch to ensure gate stays in full open position during production yet permits easy closing for purging and color changes. EPDM drawer gasket resists heat aging and compression set. Restyled drawer guide to facilitate drawer removal and cleaning. 5 TIMES MORE POWERFUL than previous models TM C1: Material Handling Drawer Magnets feature: The superior pulling and holding power of Neodymium Rare Earth Magnets Will retain their strength even at temperatures well above 175 F NOTE Tramp metal shown to illustrate the holding power of the magnets Clear, polycarbonate drawer front for easy viewing of product flow and captured contaminants The ONLY temperature-compensated Rare Earth magnet for injection molders 2 rows of 1" dia. cartridges on 2" centers Purge Hopper 80-grit glass bead blasted finish Rear Dump Tube stainless steel Liquid Port Top Bottom Magnet Flange Housing Unit Item # Opening Opening Size Size Height Price Undrilled mounting holes to be drilled by user - IN STOCK 134349 2" 2" 4" x 4" 4" x 4" 10 1 /2" $ 640 135383 4 1 /4" 2 7 /8" 6" x 6" 6 1 /4" x 6 1 /4" 10 5 /8" 799 140338 4 1 /4" 2 7 /8" 6" x 6" 8" x 8" 10 5 /8" 799 136728 6" 5 1 /2" 8" x 8" 8 1 /4" x 8 1 /4" 11 7 /8" 1041 For Machines with Magnet Housing Unit Item # Feed Screw Opening Size Height Prices Mounting holes drilled per your specifications - Custom (2-4 week delivery) 133917 7 /8" - 2 1 /8" 4" x 4" 10 1 /2" $ 640 133918 1 3 /4" - 3 7 /8" 6" x 6" 10 5 /8" 799 133919 3 1 /8" - 6" 8" x 8" 11 7 /8" 1041 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES for Custom Housings 134373 Purge Hopper (Steel) - to speed clean-out of barrel $187 134375 Rear Dump Tube (Steel) - to empty the housing and hopper after run has been completed 65 134377 Liquid Port (Steel) - to inject liquid color additives 65 OTHER SIZES - MADE TO ORDER Special, ALL Stainless Steel Housing (including flanges) also available - see next page When ordering, please use the form on page 1007 to indicate flange dimensions and accessory placement NO-SPILL is a trademark of Bunting Magnetics Co. LEXAN is a registered trademark of General Electric Company Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-070-080514 1005
C1: Material Handling 5 Bar Quality TM 100% Stainless Steel Magnet Housings Select and Rare Earth Magnets Where all stainless steel construction is necessary These Premium Stainless Steel Housings from IMS are nonmagnetizing. This means that all the magnetism remains concentrated in the magnetic inserts. No power will be lost to the housing. A ¼" thick slide gate stops material flow so you can easily remove and clean the magnet. Optional Purge Hopper speeds clean-out. Rear Dump Tube lets you empty the drawer housing and material hopper after run has been completed. Liquid Port allows you to inject liquid color additive. Drawer Magnet No-Spill Slide Gate Face Plate Knob Gasket Swing Bolt Assembly Stainless Steel Housing with Magnet Includes Slide Gate (Allow 3 weeks for delivery) When ordering, use the form on page 1007 to provide your flange specifications and options. For Machines with Housing Magnet Housing Item # Feed Screw Opening Model # Size Height Unit Price 123340 7 /8" - 2 1 /8" FFS4400PLS 4" x 4" 10" $ 900.00 105913 1 3 /4" - 3 7 /8" FFS4600PLS 6" x 6" 10" 1120.00 118036 3 1 /8" - 6" FFS4800PLS 8" x 8" 11 1 /4" 1415.00 Must Specify Housing Size Other magnet and housing sizes made to order Inquire Optional: Purge Hopper Rear Dump Tube Liquid Port #134374 (Stainless Steel)... $295.00 #134376 (Stainless Steel)... $130.00 #134377... $65.00 Replacement Parts for Drawer Magnets and Housings Magnet Housing 4" x 4" 6" x 6" 8" x 8" Item # Unit Price Item # Unit Price Item # Unit Price Face Plate 143342 $29.75 126299 $43.60 143344 $52.25 Gasket 123245 $22.30 143345 $30.85 143347 $37.25 Drawer Magnet 2005-Present 138364 $420.00 138365 $462.25 138366 $772.45 Swing Bolt Assembly (includes knob) 132570 $20.45 Swing Bolt Knob Only 125401 $5.00 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1006 C13-1-071-112917 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Drawer Magnet Housing Flange/Accessory Form SPECIFY: See next page for optional Isometric View I T D N G R C M H S J V C1: Material Handling B F P E L A K O Bottom Flange Top Flange Operator Side (Front) Operator Side (Front) A H K S B I (bolt size used) L T* Threaded Holes C J Opening M (thread size used) Studs D Round N V Opening E Square O Round F Rectangle P Square G Front to Back R Rectangle Side to Side Front to Back *Studs will be required if bolt pattern falls on housing body Side to Side Make of Press: Serial Number: Model: Screw Size: Ounce: Make of Hopper: Hopper Capacity: lbs. Optional : Slide Gate Shut-off With Discharge Dump Tube: Rear Other Tapped Hole for Liquid Dispensing System With Purge Hopper: R.H. Side L.H. Side Other Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-072/1 1007
C1: Material Handling T L K Isometric View of Flange Dimensions O P R N S M V J I D C G H F B E A fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1008 C13-1-072/2 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Pre-Production All-Metal Detectors Metal removal at higher flows, prior to final processing Gravity style design with adjustable reject time Detects and rejects metal as small as 0.4 mm in diameter Works on ferrous and non-ferrous materials CE certified - meets EU health, safety and environmental requirements Accurate even with difficult materials High-speed reject mechanics minimizes good material diversion Self-monitoring and auto-test standard Integral brackets simplify mounting Works great in plastics, recycling and other applications 30-200mm (1 1 /4-8") feed hole range 100-240 VAC C1: Material Handling 1 YEAR WARRANTY Item # Feed Hole Reject Throughput Dimensions Unit O.D. Port Diam. lbs/hr* Sensitivity Weight Height Width Depth Price 161774 1-3/16" (30mm) 3-1/8" (80mm) 1,000 0.4mm 16-1/2" 13" 9-7/8" 44 $5603 161775 2" (50mm) 3-1/8" (80mm) 3,000 0.4mm 16-1/2" 13" 9-7/8" 44 $5644 161776 2-3/4" (70mm) 3-1/8" (80mm) 6,000 0.6mm 16-1/2" 13" 9-7/8" 44 $6264 161777 3-1/8" (80mm) 3-1/8" (80mm) 7,500 0.7mm 22-3/4" 16-7/8" 13" 70 $7197 161778 3-7/8" (100mm) 3-7/8" (100mm) 12,000 0.8mm 22-3/4" 16-7/8" 13" 70 $8130 161779 4-3/4" (120mm) 4-3/4" (120mm) 17,000 0.9mm 22-3/4" 16-7/8" 13" 70 $8799 161780 5-7/8" (150mm) 5-7/8" (150mm) 27,000 1.2mm 25-5/8" 18-7/8" 15" 110 $9463 161781 7-7/8" (200mm) 7-7/8" (200mm) 48,000 1.75mm 27-1/2" 20-7/8" 18-1/8" 135 $10767 *Rated at 10lbs/ft 3 Custom Form on next page Accessories Drawer Magnets to minimize contaminated resin - see pages 1005-1008 Loader Hose and Clamps - see pages 473-477 and 466 Replacement Inlet/Outlet Stub Assemblies available - Inquire fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-073 1009
C1: Material Handling REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Inline All-Metal Detector Quote Form Product Details 1. Product (Description): Characteristics of the Product (Check all that apply): Dusty High Static Product can be wet at times High percentage of carbon in the product Product is very abrasive Larger particles can be intermingled 2. Particle Size/Dimension: 3. Moisture Content: % 4. Feed Rate: lbs/hr 5. Bulk Density: LBS/FT 3 6. Product Temperature: F 7. Material Feeding From: 8. Material Feeding To: Note:Freefall height to inlet of detector not to exceed18" Additional Application Details: Detector Details 1. Feed Hole OD: 1-3/16" (30mm) 2" (50mm) 2-3/4" (70mm) 3-1/8" (80mm) 3-7/8" (100mm) 4-3/4" (120mm) 5-7/8" (150mm) 7-7/8" (200mm) 2. Detached Controls: Yes Cable Length Required: feet. Note: Not available on all models 3. Location: Indoor Outdoor Environment Temperature: F min / F max Note: Inline all-metal detectors are NOT to be used in food applications Feed rate must be calculated on a continuous basis 4. Construction: Utility grade painted construction (standard in this configuration) Painted coil with stainless frame and diverter (wipe down only) Stainless steel complete (extreme wash down with high pressure) Note: Stainless coil required in heavy wash down or corrosive environment 5. Voltage: 110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz, Single Phase Other: V / Phase 6. Sensitivity Requirement: FE NFE SS 7. Detector Options: Test Ball Retrieval Kit (Good Port) Test Ball Retrieval Kit (Reject Port) Inlet Hopper ft 3 Outlet Transition (Clean Product) Outlet OD Floor Stand Distance from floor to inlet Drawer Magnet on infeed Outlet Transition (Reject Product) Outlet OD Inlet Stub ATEX Hazardous Environment - Will this unit require an explosion proof rating? ATEX ratings are available on certain detectors. (ATEX is the European Union standard, which meets all of the requirements of the NEC North American Standard.) A chart is available to explain the classification terms for ATEX. NOTE: Available only as 5.1 Touch Requested ATEX Classification Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 1010 C13-1-074 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Made in the U.S.A Machine Mounted All-Metal Detectors/Separators Great for extrusion, injection and blow molding machines Fast pneumatic rejection helps conserve good material Separators install directly above in-feed/ feed throat Works on ferrous and non-ferrous materials CE certified - meets EU health, safety and environmental requirements Rugged housings allow mounting of other equipment 1 YEAR WARRANTY Feed Hole Reject Port C1: Material Handling Item # Feed Hole Reject Throughput Min Size Dimensions Unit Diameter Port Diam. lbs/hr* Detectable Weight Height Width Depth Price 161782 2" (50mm) 3" (75mm) 1,000 0.4mm 12" 10-1/4" 16-3/4" 60 $6893 161783 3" (75mm) 3" (75mm) 3,200 0.4mm 12" 10-1/4" 16-3/4" 60 $6936 High Temperature Units Available Inquire / Custom Form on next page Installation Accessory Guide #162526-2" Dia. Hole #162528-3" Dia. Hole Top Flange (blank) Mounting Kit $135 Custom Available - RFQ Reject Hose and Clamps See pages 473-477 Photo shows Loader, Drawer Magnet and All-Metal Detector #162530 Remote Reset Pushbutton with 10' Cable $175 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) #162527-2" Dia. #162529-3" Dia. Bottom Flange (blank) Mounting Kit $135 Custom Available - RFQ #162705-2" Dia. #162706-3" Dia. Standard Discharge (blank) Riser Kit 8" sq base x 6 1 /4" h $280 Custom Available - RFQ Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-075 1011
C1: Material Handling REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Machine Mounted All-Metal Detector Quote Form Application Details 1. Material Type: 2. Regrind: % Virgin: % 3. Bulk Density: LBS/FT 3 4. Maximum Particle Size: 5. Maximum Product Temperature: F 6. Characteristics of the Product (Check all that apply): High percentage of carbon in the product Larger particles can be intermingled Dust particles are present 7. Details on Injection or Blow Molding Operation: Shot Size: (weight) 8. Details on Extrusion Operation: Cycle Time: Seconds Flow Rate: LBS/hr Bulk Density: LBS/FT 3 9. Material Feeding From: Vacuum Loader (intermittently) Dryer - Maximum Temperature: F Other: TOTAL WEIGHT of ALL equipment on top of Metal Detector: LBS Top Flange Bottom Flange I D T N G R C M J H V S B F A E L P K O A H K S B I L T C J M V D Opening: N Opening: E Round O Round F Square P Square G Rectangle R Rectangle Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 1012 C13-1-076 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Super Hopper Magnets Our exclusive, top-of-the-line magnets combining rare earth and alnico in one assembly Rare Earth magnet bars provide exceptional holding power Alnico magnet bars provide outstanding pull-in power Concave bar design traps tramp metal and keeps it from wiping off Low profile (diverter-free) design takes up less room in the hopper 5 Bar Quality TM C1: Material Handling Available for round hoppers only 1 3 /8" RARE EARTH MAGNETS ALNICO MAGNETS WITH METAL TRAP Exclusive IMS CONCAVE METAL TRAP Bar Design TRAPS & HOLDS tramp iron in place PREVENTS Wiping-off Specifications and Prices Diverters: Space (between diverters): Webs: Web size: Magnetic Tubes: Magnets: none used none used rod supports 3 /8" dia. 1" O.D. (.049 wall) rare earth Spacing on center: Space between tubes: 1 /2" Construction: Finish: Type of stainless: 304 Overall Height: 1 3 /8" 1 1 /2" bar to bar Tack to rods 80-grit glass bead blasted Item # Diameter Unit Price 110107 7" Inquire 106091 8" Inquire 110079 9" Inquire 108417 10" Inquire Other sizes made to order Select = Highest Quality & Value Products = Industry Standard Quality Products = Value Priced Supplies fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-077 1013
C1: Material Handling 3 Bar Quality TM IMS MM (Massed Magnetized) Hopper Magnets Superior tramp metal protection at a competitive price Large, magnetic power packs (in place of magnetic bars) produce a totally magnetic surface, including diverters Inverted-vee shape of magnetized diverters traps metal and keeps it from wiping off Removable power packs (See QCMM Models at right) simplify cleaning 100% Magnetic INCLUDING Diverters 6" x 5 1 /2" Rectangular MM Magnet shown Power Pack 2 7 /8" Trapped Metal Won t Wipe OFF! Specifications and Prices Diverters: 1 1 /8" wide, 11 gauge, 90 bend, 3 /4" legs Space: (between diverters): 7 /8" Webs: none used Web Size: none used Magnetic Tubes: none used Magnets: power pack (ceramic) Spacing on Center: 2" diverter to diverter Space Between Tubes: none used Construction: all welded Finish: 80-grit glass bead blasted Type of Stainless: 304 and 430 Overall Height: 2 7 /8" Item # Diameter Unit Price Standard Type For Round Hoppers 105351 6 1 /2" $164.35 105345 9 1 /2" Inquire 105689 10" Inquire 105336 12 1 /2" Inquire 105691 14" Inquire 105326 15 1 /2" Inquire Item # Length Width Unit Price Standard Type For Rectangular Hoppers 105340 3 1 /2" 4" Inquire 105335 5 1 /2" 4" Inquire 105330 6" 5 1 /2" Inquire 105355 7 1 /2" 6" Inquire 105349 8" 5 1 /2" Inquire fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1014 C13-1-078-051914 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS LC Hopper Magnets Basic protection against tramp ferrous metal Diverters force material to flow across magnetic surfaces Ceramic magnet bars provide excellent holding power Low profile design takes up less room in the hopper Available for rectangular hoppers only 2 1 /8" 3 Bar Quality Standard 2" tube spacing is based on Maximum Magnetic Flux Field Patern to catch the finest steel particles Special diverters direct all the plastic through the magnetic field without obstructing material flow TM C1: Material Handling Specifications and Prices Diverters: 1" wide, 16 gauge, 90 bend, 5 /8" legs Space (between diverters): 1" Webs: 11 ga. Web Size: 3 /4" high Magnetic Tubes: 1" O.D. (.049 wall) Magnets: ceramic Spacing on Center: 2" bar to bar Space Between Tubes: 1" Construction: tack welded 2 places each tube Finish: 80-grit glass bead blasted Type of Stainless: 304 Overall Height: 2 1 /8" Width (Tube Length) 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" Length Item # Prices Item # Prices Item # Prices Item # Prices Item # Prices 3 1 /2" 106520 $77.60 109137 Inquire 110090 $ 49.15 110174 Inquire 110156 Inquire 5 1 /2" 107990 89.50 108161 $99.05 109745 108.90 110084 Inquire 110170 Inquire 7 1 /2" 107324 46.90 107321 Inquire 106422 Inquire 110106 Inquire 106561 $150.95 9 1 /2" 110078 Inquire 110165 Inquire 110145 Inquire 107818 $155.65 110116 Inquire 11 1 /2" 110103 Inquire 110093 Inquire 110178 Inquire 110161 Inquire 110141 198.45 IMS Oil Tank Sludge Magnet Removes tramp iron from hydraulic circuits Simply place magnet in oil tank of any hydraulic circuit. It will pick up fine iron worn from valves, cylinders, etc. Cuts maintenance costs. Reduces filter clogging Lengthens pump life Size: 6 1 /2" l x 3 5 /8" w x 2 1 /2" h Item # Description Unit Price 105321 Oil Tank Sludge Magnet $120.15 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-1-079-051914 1015
C1: Material Handling TM Value Priced Supplies Diverters force material to flow across magnetic surfaces Ceramic magnet bars provide excellent holding power Available for round or square hoppers 2 3 /8" IMS Economy Hopper Magnets Great value for multi-industrial use NOW available with 60 or 90 diverters ARRANGEMENT OF DIVERTERS forces material to travel within 7 /16" of magnetic surface Specifications and Prices Diverters: 1 1 /8" wide, 14 gauge, 3 /4" legs Space (between diverters): 7 /8" Webs: 14 ga. Web Size: 1 7 /8" high Magnetic Tubes: 1" O.D. Magnets: ceramic Spacing on Center : 2" bar to bar Space Between Tubes: 1" Construction: punched webs plus tack welding Finish: glass bead-blasted Type of Stainless: 304 Overall Height: 2 3 /8" Standard Type For Round Hoppers Diameter Item # Diverter Angle Unit Price Item # Diverter Angle Unit Price 4" 143608 60 $ 61.30 101181 90 $ 61.30 6" 143609 60 72.90 101168 90 72.90 8" 143610 60 107.60 101159 90 107.60 10" 143611 60 167.85 101147 90 167.85 12" 143612 60 208.40 101208 90 208.40 Standard Type For Square/Rectangular Hoppers Size Item # Diverter Angle Unit Price Item # Diverter Angle Unit Price 4" x 4" 143603 60 $ 39.80 101227 90 $ 39.80 4" x 6" 144386 60 66.35 6" x 6" 143604 60 74.80 101327 90 74.80 6" x 8" 144387 60 94.15 8" x 8" 143605 60 108.65 101309 90 108.65 8" x 10" 144594 90 Inquire 10" x 10" 143606 60 181.15 101290 90 181.15 12" x 12" 143607 60 241.65 101273 90 241.65 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 14" Units available upon request Inquire 1016 C13-1-080 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
The Original Buyers Guide Catalog C2: Mold Temperature Controllers & Fluids Pages 1018 1036 Production Chillers Pages 1037 1045 C2: Production LIME BUSTER Mold Water Passage Cleaners Pages 1046 1050 Many items IN STOCK for Same Day Shipment www.imscompany.com/ie www.imscompany.com/ie (USA & Canada) 1.800.537.5375 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-001 1017
OVERVIEW Fluid Circulating Process WATER CIRCULATING TANK STYLE / CLOSED LOOP Process water or water/ethylene glycol Process water isolated from cooling water circuit Can use the addition of glycol to obtain elevated temperatures above boiling and inhibit rust and corrosion Air Cooled Water Cooled C2: Production IMS Hydra Air Cooled Circulator Works great in areas where cooling water is scarce or expensive Waterless cooling system reduces operating costs and pays for itself in water, sewer or cooling tower savings Portable, no cooling water hook up required Temperature Range: Slightly above ambient air up to 250 F (with glycol) See Pages 1020-1022 IMS Hydra Water Cooled Circulator Closed loop system minimizes corrosion problems 14 gallon stainless steel tank and pump Temperature Range: Up to 250 F (with glycol) Uses your shop cooling water supply See Pages 1024-1025 Vacuum IMS Hydra Temkon SS Circulator Perfect for mold preheating and small mold temperature control 4-1/4 gallon stainless steel tank 100% non-ferrous construction Temperature Range: Up to 250 F (with glycol) See Page 1023 No Cooling IMS Hydra Negative Pressure Circulator Eliminate down time caused by coolant leaks in your process 4-1/4 gallon stainless steel tank Operates as either a positive or negative pressure circulator Temperature Range: 50 F to 205 F See Pages 1026-1027 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1018 C13-2-002/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
OVERVIEW Temperature Controllers OIL CIRCULATING PRESSURIZED / OPEN LOOP TANK STYLE / CLOSED LOOP Minimum capacity process water circuit Cooling water combines with process water Pressure used to achieve elevated temperatures above boiling (212 F) up to 250 F standard When used in combination with chiller as cooling water source, glycol can be added to achieve elevated temperatures and as a corrosion inhibitor IMS Hydra Pressurized Water Circulator For precise, automatic mold temperature control 3/4 hp to 5 hp pumps available Long life, 9 kw to 24 kw heating elements Temperature Range: Up to 250 F Stackable See Pages 1028-1030 Shini Pressurized Hot Water Circulator Great value for multi-industrial use 1 hp stainless steel centrifugal pump 9 kw insulated heater Temperature Range: Up to 250 F See Page 1036 Process fluid is heat transfer oil, isolated from cooling water circuit Used for elevated temperatures up to 550 F IMS Hydra High Heat Oil Circulator For close tolerance molding at temperatures up to 550 F Oil to water heat exchanger provides better control and faster cool down Temperature Range: Up to 550 F Two 8 kw steel sheathed heating elements 8 gallon cold fill insulated steel tank See Page 1033 Shini Hot Oil Circulator Great values for process temperature control up to 550 F Temperature Range: Up to 550 F 1 or 2 hp stainless steel pump, centrifrugal and magnetic drive pumps available 9 kw to 24 kw stainless steel insulated heating elements See Page 1034 C2: Production fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-002/2-030217 1019
IMS Hydra AIR COOLEDMold Temperature Controller/Circulator The ULTIMATE in Performance, Versatility and Efficiency! Made in the U.S.A GREEN Products C2: Production Features - Benefits Waterless Cooling System - Minimizes water consumption, cutting overall operating costs - A necessity for shops where water is expensive or poor quality Portable - does not require cooling water Quality Components - stainless steel pump, tank and heating element ensures long service life Vertical Mounted Fan Design - keeps operators and shop cool Solid State PID Temperature Controller - provides accuracy up to ±1 F 1/16 DIN size PID Control - Auto-tuning on cold or warm start Bright 0.40" (10 mm) red LED process display 0.31" (8 mm) green LED setpoint display Heater Circuit Switch Heater Circuit Light Pump On Button Pump On Light Cooling Fan On Light Model MC90AC PAYS FOR ITSELF in water, sewer or cooling tower savings 2 YEAR WARRANTY Swivel casters provide mobility Low fluid level electrical shut off Operating temperature range from just above ambient to 250 F (with glycol) AIR FLOW D B C E A F How it works (A) Return water from the mold/ process enters back into the circulator. (B) The water passes through a heat exchanger into the tank. (C) Tank holds 12 gallons of water and glycol mix. (D) A powerful fan is activated when cooling is required. Heated air is removed upwards and away from the operator. (E) 9kW heater is activated when heat is required to raise the water temperature. (F) Returns water to mold/ process. Return Temperature Display Controller Pump Off Button Main Breaker 1020 C13-2-003/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra AIR COOLEDMold Temperature Controller/Circulator Covers removed for illustration only 3" 9 kw Flanged Heater 16 Gauge Powder Coated Cabinet DIMENSIONS 23-7/8" 34" View of Rear Panel and Label Locations To Mold From Mold Fill Tank Drain Front Rear Stainless Steel Goulds Pump 35-1/2" 1/4 HP Single Phase Fan Motor 11 Gauge Welded12 Gallon Stainless Steel Tank Copper Tube Aluminum Finned Heat Exchanger Washable Air Filter - easily removed without tools CONTROLLER: FULL LOAD AMPS: 30 @ 230 V 15 @ 460 V CONTROL CIRCUIT: 120 VAC RANGE: Slightly above plant air temperature to 250 F GRADUATION: Increments of 1 F ACCURACY: ±1 F COOLING: Air-cooled, copper tube aluminum finned heat exchanger (20" x 20" x 3-1/2") FAN: HORSEPOWER: 1/4 RPM: 1,725 BLADE: 18" blade, quiet pitch AIR FILTER: 21" x 23" x 1" PUMP/MOTOR: TYPE: Centrifugal, close-coupled to motor HORSEPOWER: 1 RPM: 3,900 GPM: 30 at 88 foot head (38 psi) HEATER: WATTAGE: 9 kw QUANTITY: 1 SHEATH: Copper for water/glycol TANK: CAPACITY: 12 gallons CONSTRUCTION: Welded Stainless Steel MOLD: CONNECTIONS: OUTPUT TO MOLD: 1" N.P.T. RETURN FROM MOLD: 1" N.P.T. OTHER: OVERALL SIZE: 36" l x 24" w x 38" h CRATE SIZE: 44" l x 32" w x 45" h WEIGHT: 365 lbs. crated / 295 uncrated Side Model MC90AC IMS Hydra Air Cooled Mold Temperature Controller Item #163525 for 230/60/3 Item #164036 for 460/60/3 $5,500 Item #138216 Chiller Flushing Fluid... $225.00 See page 1032 for details For Circulator Hose see pages 460-464 Common Replacement Parts Item # Description Unit Price 148639 230V Heating Element...$325.00 148812 460V Heating Element...325.00 148749 Heater Gasket...6.20 161851 Pump/Motor Assembly...659.20 162676 Standard Temp Controller...195.70 164838 Molding Machine Interfacing Capable Temp Controller...245.00 161984 Fan Motor...200.00 162609 Filter...46.35 C2: Production fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-003/2-031217 1021
Select Mold Circulator The ULTIMATE in Performance, Versatility and Efficiency! WATERLESS Cooling System GREEN Products makes circulator truly portable and cuts operating costs TOP VIEW NOTE: Fan Housing removed for illustration only Solid-state Temperature Controller QUIET PITCH EXHAUST FAN cuts noise saves energy C2: Production To Mold From Mold Air Intake Tank Fill Tank Overflow Closed Circuit Thermal Bank ensures steady control Tank Drain CONTROLLER: FULL LOAD AMPS: 18.5 @ 230 V 13.5 @ 460 V CONTROL CIRCUIT: 24 VAC RANGE: Slightly above plant air temperature to 225 F GRADUATION: Increments of 1 F ACCURACY: ±1 F COOLING: Air-cooled, finned copper heat exchanger FAN: HORSEPOWER: 1 /4 RPM: 1,140 BLADE: 14"-blade, quiet pitch PUMP/MOTOR: TYPE: Centrifugal, close-coupled to motor HORSEPOWER: 1 RPM: 3,450 GPM: 30 at 88 foot head (38 psi) HEATER: WATTAGE: 7,500 QUANTITY: 1 SHEATH: Copper for water/glycol TANK: CAPACITY: 11 gallons CONSTRUCTION: Welded Stainless Steel MOLD: CONNECTIONS: OUTPUT TO MOLD: 1" N.P.T. RETURN FROM MOLD: 1" N.P.T. OTHER: SIZE OVERALL: 24" w x 19" d x 49" h WEIGHT: 320 lbs. crated TrueMold is a Trademark of Schreiber Engineering Powder Coated Finish PAYS FOR ITSELF in water, sewer or cooling tower savings Four Swivel Casters Copper Sheathed Heating Element LOW FLUID LEVEL ELECTRICAL SHUT-OFF protects pump and heater Tank Fluid Level Indicator STAINLESS STEEL PUMP AND TANK ensures long service life How it works (A) Return water from the mold/ process enters back into the circulator. (B) The water passes through a heat exchanger into the tank. (C) Tank holds 11 gallons of water and glycol mix. (D) A powerful fan is activated when cooling is required. Heated air is removed upwards and away from the operator. (E) 7.5kW heater is activated when heat is required to raise the water temperature. (F) Returns water to mold/process. Item No. 122211 for 230/60/3 Item No. 122207 for 460/60/3 $7,000 Item No. 138216 Chiller Flushing Fluid...$225.00 See page 1032 for details For Circulator Hose see pages 460-464 www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1022 C13-2-004 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra TEMKON SS Mold Circulator For mold preheating and small mold temp control Features - Benefits 100% non-ferrous construction - eliminates risk of rust or contamination Closed-loop circuit - decreases water consumption Pakstat temperature controller - provides simple, accurate control with ±4 accuracy LCD Digital Temperature Readout 2 YEAR WARRANTY Stainless Steel Pump with 1 /2 HP Motor 1" Mold Return Inlet Stainless Steel Tank 1" Mold Supply Outlet Hinged, Bolt-Down Tank Fill and Inspection Door Thick polypropylene base - provides solid mobile base that won t rust Permanently greased pump and motor bearings - eliminates routine maintenance 230/60/1 volt Heating light System on light Made in the U.S.A - SPECIFICATIONS - 8 grounded power cord No-Rust PBT Electrical Box THERMOSTAT: RANGE: 50-250 F GRADUATION: 2 increments ACCURACY: ±4 F OPERATING RANGE: 90 TO 250 F PUMP/MOTOR: HORSEPOWER: 1 /2 RPM: 3,450 GPM: 30 at 30 foot head (13 psi) HEATER: WATTAGE: 3,000 QUANTITY: 1 SHEATH: Copper for water TANK: CAPACITY: 4 1 /4 gallons CONSTRUCTION: Welded Stainless Steel MOLD CONNECTIONS: MOLD SUPPLY OUTLET: 1" N.P.T. MOLD SUPPLY INLET: 1" N.P.T. POWER: 230/60/1 (17 amps) 60Hz, single phase OTHER: SIZE OVERALL: 25" w x 14" d x 17" h WEIGHT: 90 lbs. crated TEMKON SS is a Trademark of IMS Company PAKSTAT is a Trademark of Paktronics Controls, Inc. Control Knob Guard Low Watt Density Heating Element for longer service Item No. 108141 230/60/1 (17 amps) $1,525 TO PREVENT MOLD RUST Use Ethylene Glycol and water solution (30% glycol recommended) Good for temperatures up to 250 F (See page 1031 for UG-10 and EG-17 Ethylene Glycol Fluid) - Replacement Parts - Item No. 112360 Pump and Motor...$813.15 Item No. 131720 Motor Only...Inquire Item No. 108448 Heater Element... 22.50 Item No. 133277 Temp Controller w/ digital readout. 122.65 Item No. 160139 LCD Digital Readout... 73.00 Item No. 121352 Pump Seal Repair Kit... 95.00 C2: Production fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-005-112917 1023
IMS Hydra Water Cooled Circulator The first and still the best tank style circulator Made in the U.S.A Model MC90WC Features - Benefits C2: Production Tank Style Design - process water isolated from cooling circuit allows usage of ethylene glycol Stainless Steel Base and Tank - protects against corrosion Compact Design - takes up very little floor space All Swivel Casters - portable to all areas of your shop Open Construction - easy access to all components decreasing maintenance time Low Fluid Level Electrical Shut Off - protects against heater and pump failure 2 YEAR WARRANTY PBT Control Box with hinged clear polycarbonate lid - protects electrics and discourages tampering TEC-9001 Temperature Controller 1/16 DIN size PID Control - Auto-tuning on cold or warm start Bright 0.40" (10 mm) red LED process display / 0.31" (8 mm) green LED setpoint display fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1024 C13-2-006/1-020114 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra Water Cooled Circulator (continued) 3/8"-24 Stainless Steel Liquid Level Switch 14 Gauge Stainless Steel Tank Tank Lid for easy access Made in the U.S.A Furnace Brazed Copper Cooling Coil 1 HP Stainless Steel Goulds Pump Immersed In Process Fluid Tank 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Electrical Enclosure Final specifications may vary 9 kw Copper Sheathed Heating Element 3" Swivel Casters CONTROLLER: FULL LOAD AMPS: 21.7 @ 230 V 10.8 @ 460 V CONTROL CIRCUIT: 120 VAC RANGE: 120 F up to 250 F (with glycol) GRADUATION: Increments of 1 F ACCURACY: ±1 F COOLING: External cold water supply Inlet/Outlet: 1/2" PUMP/MOTOR: TYPE: Centrifugal, close-coupled to motor HORSEPOWER: 1 RPM: 3,500 GPM: 30 at 88 foot head (38 psi) HEATER: WATTAGE: 9 kw QUANTITY: 1 SHEATH: Copper for water/glycol TANK: CAPACITY: 14 gallons CONSTRUCTION: Welded Stainless Steel MOLD: CONNECTIONS: OUTPUT TO MOLD: 1" N.P.T. RETURN FROM MOLD: 1" N.P.T. OTHER: SIZE OVERALL: 24" w x 24" d x 28-1/2" h WEIGHT: 161 lbs. crated 28-1/2" DIMENSIONS 24" Final model may vary Model MC90WC IMS Hydra Water Cooled Mold Temperature Controller Item No. 162713 for 230/60/3 Item No. 162714 for 460/60/3 $3,800 Also available with bigger pumps or as oil circulating units Inquire Item No. 138216 Chiller Flushing Fluid... $225.00 See page 1032 for details 24" C2: Production For Circulator Hose see pages 460-464 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-006/2-020114 1025
IMS Hydra Mold Temperature Controller Eliminate downtime caused by coolant leaks in your process 1 YEAR WARRANTY C2: Production Features - Benefits Negative pressure mode - stops leaks and decreases downtime Tank type, closed-loop design - minimizes corrosion and deposits in mold water passages Nonferrous components (pump / tank / heat exchanger / heater element sheaths) - protects against corrosion Vacuum adjusting valve - eliminates leaks without pulling in air Dual low watt density, stainless steel sheathed heater - provides increased durability and built-in standby Adjustable temperature deviation indicator with audible alarm and silencer - permits easy programming of custom operating parameters In the negative pressure mode, the pump pulls fluid through the mold, creating a vacuum that eliminates leaks and prevents pulling any air into the line. TWO OPERATIONAL MODES IN STOCK Non-ferrous construction of all components in water bath Premium quality solenoid valves Easy to read digital readout of To Process and Set Point temperatures 24/7 programmable timer for automatic start/stop Inlet strainer to remove debris from water Vented cabinet with removable panels In the positive pressure mode, the pump pushes fluid through the mold just like any standard mold temperature controller. www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1026 C13-2-007/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra Mold Temperature Controller (continued) Covers removed for illustration only Vented cabinet helps pump run cooler and last longer Dual incoloy low watt density heat elements Powerful 2 hp stainless steel centrifugal pump provides enough flow for large molds 4.5 gal stainless steel insulated tank - ensures temperature stability and air separation Rust resistant stainless steel pump, tank, and heater element sheaths ELECTRICAL Temperature Controller:... Microprocessor controls discharge temperature Voltage:... 230/60/3 or 460/60/3 Full-Load Amps:... 30 @ 230V or 15 @ 460V Control Voltage:... 110 VAC Control Range:... 50 to 205 F Accuracy:... ±1 F Incoloy sheathed Heating Elements (two, 4.5 kw)... 9 kw PUMP/MOTOR Type:... Centrifugal pump, close-coupled to motor Horsepower:... 2 Speed:... 3,400 rpm Flow:... 21 gpm @ 67 ft. head (29 psi) Mold Connections:... 1" N.P.T. Cooling Capacity*:... 50,000 btu/hour Cooling Water Connections:... 1 /2" N.P.T. Cooling:... Copper tube heat exchanger mounted in reservoir Tank:... 4 1 /2 gallons, insulated, welded stainless steel Tank Drain:... 1 /2" N.P.T. Weight (uncrated):... 100 lbs (crated):... 125 lbs *Based on 50 F water temp, 140 T and 190 F set point Powder coated cabinet provides a durable finish Pump has non-rotating seals for greater leak resistance Solenoid valve automatically fills tank to simplify setup and prevent heater damage Inlet strainer protects against debris in water Variable vacuum adjustment valve allows precise settings to meet your needs! Copper heat exchanger 4 swivel casters for easy mobility DIMENSIONS 23" 26" Item No. 133703 for 230/60/3 Item No. 132944 for 460/60/3 $4,775 Oil Units and bigger pumps also available Inquire Item No. 138216 Chiller Flushing Fluid... $225.00 See page 1032 for details For Circulator Hose see pages 460-464 10" Common Replacement Parts Item No. Description 125117 Motor only (230V) 129680 Motor only (460V) 130246 Pump only 127957 Solenoid valve, no coil 127958 Solenoid coil 141685 3/8" check valve 131012 Water level sensing probe 138058 Gland for water level sensor Water In From Process To Process Adjust Suction Water Out Drain Crated Size: 14" x 27" x 33" C2: Production fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-007/2-011215 1027
IMS Hydra Pressurized, Open-Loop Mold Temperature Controller NOW up to 70% More Flow without increased pump size! Made in the U.S.A C2: Production MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE High-Flow Energy Efficient Pumps Long Life Heaters Temperature Range Up to 250 F RELIABILITY High Quality 24 VDC Control Circuit Power Long Life Pump Seals with Integral Flush System Leak Proof Pump/Heater Assembly High Performance Valves Control Panel Cooling Fan EASE OF USE Large, User-Friendly Operator Interface Front Facing Pressure Gauges Tools-Free Removable Cabinet Automatic Air Purge Four Swivel Casters Easy Movement EXCEPTIONAL WARRANTY COVERAGE ON DEFECTS AND WORKMANSHIP: 3 YEAR on Parts/Labor and 5 YEAR on Control Board Parts Lifetime Pump/Heater Casting and Standard Pump Seal Lifetime $175.00 Control Board Exchange IN STOCK STOCK Control Panel Features: Automatic Air Purge with 120 F Air Purge Cancel Seal-Saver Program Pump Running Hours Display Temperature Deviation Warnings and Alarms Supply and Return Temperature Display Alarm Horn and Silence Switch Internal Microprocessor Control Features: Low voltage 24 VDC control keeps the control circuit signals free from AC interference Adjustable automatic air vent sequence at start-up with safety cancellation above 120 F Programmable high temperature safety set for 260 F www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1028 C13-2-008/1-040517 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra Pressurized, Open-Loop Mold Temperature Controller Removable cabinet no tools required Long-life, low-watt density incoloy heaters reduces maintenance Leak-proof, cast twin tank/pump assembly eliminates pipe fittings Lifetime Warranty Seal-Saver automatically cools process water down to 90 F when unit shuts off extending life of seal and for operator's safety Internal bypass line protects pump and heater under low flow conditions High Capacity Pump Leak-resistant, silicon carbide, severe-duty pump seal Lifetime Warranty Internal pump seal flush and built-in sediment trap extends life of pump seal by removing contaminants A Made in the U.S.A Maximize Your Space Add Stacking Racks #168515 Stainless Steel Racks specifically designed to hold 2 units stacked vertically to save space Detail A (safety pins removed for clarity) Safety pins are used to hold the Hydra units in place towards the front of the stacking rack A 36" Extended motor power cord motor is easily removed for pump seal replacement without electrical wiring disconnect TO Process 1 1 /2" NPT Cooling Water OUT 1" NPT FROM Process 1 1 /2" NPT Cooling Water IN 1" NPT TO Process Pressure Gauge 6" 11 1 /2" Alarm 19 1 /2" FROM Process Pressure Gauge Internal Micro- Processor Starter Contactor Swivel Casters (4) allow for easy movement Key Features: 19" 20" Figure 1 High capacity pump - Up to 70% more flow than previous models Leak-resistant, silicon carbide severe-duty pump seal with seal flush Long-life low watt density corrosion resistant incoloy heaters Easy to read microprocessor controller and gauges Exceptional warranty Compact design: 26" L x 14" W x 28" H C2: Production Back View - Inlets/Outlets Front View - Interior Panel Item # Heater HP GPM PSI Voltage Amps Weight Price 168019 9 kw 3 /4 40 26 230/60/3 26 265 lbs $2200 168020 9 kw 3 /4 40 26 460/60/3 13 265 lbs 2200 168025 12 kw 3 /4 40 26 230/60/3 33 265 lbs 2270 168024 12 kw 3 /4 40 26 460/60/3 17 265 lbs 2270 168023 9 kw 2 75 30 230/60/3 29 280 lbs 2550 168021 9 kw 2 75 30 460/60/3 14 280 lbs 2550 168064 12 kw 2 75 30 230/60/3 36 280 lbs 2620 168065 12 kw 2 75 30 460/60/3 18 280 lbs 2620 Common Replacement Parts Item # Description Price 168513 9 kw heating element $325.00 168514 12 kw heating element 325.00 168521 Pump Seal Repair Kit 191.60 Optional Accessory 168515 Stacking Rack... $605.00 Designed to vertically stack two units to save space See Figure 1 above fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-008/2-040517 1029
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to sales@imscompany.com or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Hydra Pressurized Circulator Quote Form C2: Production Motor Size GPM PSI REQUIRED - select one 3/4 hp 40 26 1 hp 50 28 2 hp 75 30 3 hp 85 32 5 hp 100 46 7-1/2 hp 125 54 10 hp 140 68 Power Options REQUIRED - select one 208/3/60 - N/A for 48 kw 230/3/60 460/3/60 575/3/60 (Only includes 575V components, CL-UL508A option not included, must select) Electrical Options OPTIONAL - select all that apply Rotary Non-Fused Disconnect UL Branch Circuit Fusing Disconnect C-UL508A CP Construction Controls and Control Options REQUIRED - select one Standard Controller (Standard) PC (Premium Controller) PC w/ Remote Hand-Held Control Panel (Provides local pc w/hmi on the unit as well as in a remote encolsure with 50-foot cable) PC w/4-20ma Supply Output* PC w/ RS-485 port for Modbus RTU* (allows interface w/your machine) PC w/ RS-485 port for SPI* *not available with remote Hand-Held CP Premium Controller Options OPTIONAL - select all that apply Crash cool - quick circulator cool down (CC sequence disables heater and opens cooling valve for 1 minute) Remote heat/cool contact - remote heat/cool contact on/off Premium Controller Mold Purge OPTIONAL - select one (Allows compressed air to purge circuit of water) Mold water purge nonferrous (Select if choosing nonferrous option in right column) Mold water purge ferrous Other Control Options OPTIONAL - select all that apply Remote Alarm Dry Contact Remote temp sensor, local high temp safety (Shipped loose with unit, adds a local high temp switch) Alarm Strobe light (red) Power Cord, 10' (ships loose) Heating Elements REQUIRED - select one Heater Options OPTIONAL - select one 0 kw N/A 9 kw... Solid State relay heater contactor (9kW) 12 kw... Solid State relay heater contactor (12kW) 18 kw... Solid State relay heater contactor (18kW) 24 kw... Solid State relay heater contactor (24kW) 36 kw... Solid State relay heater contactor (36kW) 48 kw... Solid State relay heater contactor (48kW)** **460 and 575 Volt Only Mechanical Options Cv REQUIRED - select one 1/4" Solenoid Valve (Standard) 0.72 3/8" Solenoid Valve 3.00 1/2" Solenoid Valve 4.00 3/4" Solenoid Valve 5.50 1" Solenoid Valve 11.50 1/2" Modulating Valve 4.70 1/2" Modulating Valve 10.00 3/4" Modulating Valve 24.00 1" Modulating Valve 30.00 Cv (flow coefficient) is the flow of water through a valve at 60 F in US gallons/minute at a pressure drop of 1 PSI Modulating valves are used in variable-flow systems in which flow must be adjusted to slow, moderate, or full stream Max Temp OPTIONAL 300 F Max Set-point Operation (Only available with 1/4" high-temp solenoid valve [Cv=0.24] requires a minimum if 75 psi coolingwater supply) Nonferrous Options OPTIONAL - select one Nonferrous Option for 0 to 36kW, 3/4 to 3 hp Nonferrous Option for 0 to 36kW, 5 to 10 hp Nonferrous Option for 46kW, 3/4 to 3 hp Nonferrous Option for 46kW, 5 to 10 hp Other OPTIONAL - select all that apply Special Color - requires Pantone Number Stacking Rack (stainless steel) for stacking two units vertically Add-on Heat Exchangers OPTIONAL Request Heat Exchanger Sizing If molding at high temperatures where the return fluid temperature is higher than the process/leaving fluid temperature, your circulator may require a heat exchanger to cool the return water to an acceptable temperature. Select this option to request more information. Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1030 C13-2-009-040517 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
3 Bar Quality TM Ethylene Glycol Heat Transfer Fluids Inhibited against acidity and corrosion UG-10 Moderately inhibited EG-17 Highly inhibited 5 Bar Quality TM A QUICK COMPARISON OF HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUMS Water Limited use range: 32 to 212 F. Encourages corrosion. Uninhibited glycols Allow temperatures to 250 F, but 2 1 /2 times more corrosive than water, if not neutralized. Automotive antifreeze Contains corrosion inhibitors, but can foul heat transfer surfaces in less turbulent systems. UG-10 Ethylene Glycol Low silicate formula provides good corrosion protection at a relatively low price. EG-17 Ethylene Glycol inhibitors coat surfaces and impact ph for maximum corrosion protection. Temperature and Concentration Chart Temperature ranges versus ethylene glycol concentration UG-10 Contains ph adjuster and metal protectant UG-10 Ethylene Glycol Heat Transfer Fluid Item No. Quantity Price (each) 125174 (5 gallon pails)... 1... $95.00 2-5...90.25 6+... 85.50 125175 (55 gallon drum)... 1-3...$805.00 4+... 764.75 Specific Heat F % Ethylene Glycol % Water in BTU/lb. at 70 F 10 to 205 25 75.901 3 to 208 30 70.886-13 to 211 40 60.839-36 to 215 50 50.789-70 to 220 60 40.738 N/A to 230 70 30.688 N/A to 246 80 20.633 N/A to 274 90 10.585 NOTE: The temperature ranges shown above are for fluid systems operating at atmospheric pressure. Low temperature is freeze point. High temperature is 10 below boiling point. Usage: Use at least 25% Ethylene Glycol for corrosion resistance. Use the lowest concentration (above 25%) for the appropriate temperature range to achieve maximum heat transfer. Use chart above as a guide. Avoid using over 60% if possible, since heat transfer is very low above that level. EG-17 Multi-metal inhibitor package beyond the UG-10 package EG-17 Ethylene Glycol Heat Transfer Fluid Item No. Quantity Price (each) 105580 (5 gallon pails)... 1... $115.00 2-5... 109.25 6+... 103.50 105584 (55 gallon drum)... 1-3... $1100.00 4+... 1045.00 SAME DAY SHIPMENT fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) C2: Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-010-062816 1031
3 Bar Quality TM Pro-17 Inhibited Propylene Glycol Non-toxic heat transfer fluid with maximum protection against acidity and corrosion Non-toxic to people, animals and the environment Flushable to sewer and septic systems High-end corrosion inhibitor package to protect your equipment C2: Production Contains undiluted propylene glycol for environmental safety, plus our industry-leading inhibitor package to prevent corrosion - the same inhibitor as our EG-17. AVOID THE TOXICITY OF ETHYLENE GLYCOL AVOID THE CORROSIVE ACID FORMATION OF STRAIGHT PROPYLENE GLYCOL SPECIFICATIONS (Undiluted Pro-17) Color: Pink ph: 8.5-10.0: Flash Point: 215 F Specific Gravity: 1.13 ± 0.01 BP @ 760 mm Hg: 310 F (154 C) VP mm Hg @ 68 F: <1 NOTE: In most cases, propylene glycol can be substituted for ethylene glycol. It is thicker than ethylene glycol and a little harder to pump; so the pump might not be able to deliver quite as much pressure. Temperature and Concentration Chart Temperature ranges versus Pro-17 concentration F % Pro-17 % Water 9 to 216 30 70 2 to 217 35 65-6 to 220 40 60-28 to 223 50 50 Decreases cycle times improves flow and heat transfer in water and glycol systems Use in 1% to 2% concentration in water Usage: Use at least 30% Propylene Glycol for corrosion resistance. Use the lowest concentration (above 30%) that allows you to reach the required temperature (for maximum heat transfer). Use the chart at bottom/ left as a guide. Avoid using more than 50% if possible heat transfer is very low above that level. Pro-17 Propylene Glycol Heat Transfer Fluid Item No. Quantity Price (each) 132562 (5 gallon pails)... 1... $110.00 2-5... 104.50 6+... 99.00 132561 (55 gallon drum)... 1-3...$925.00 4+... 878.75 Mold Chiller Flushing Fluid Removes scale and deposits from chiller components Item No. Unit Price 138216 (5 gallon pails)... $225.00 www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1032 C13-2-011-062816 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Oil Circulators Perfect for Precise, High Temperature Molding High Temperature Ball Valves on TO mold, FROM mold and drain lines Select ELECTRICAL Temperature Controller:... Self-tuning PID-type Voltage:... 230/60/3 or 460/60/3 Full-Load Amps:... 39.4 @ 230V or 20.3 @ 460V Control Voltage:... 120 VAC Control Range:... Approx. 90 to 550 F Accuracy:... ±.25% of span ±LSD (1 F) Heating Elements (two, 8 kw)... 16 kw steel sheath for use in oil PUMP/MOTOR Type:... Centrifugal pump, coupled to AC motor with air-cooled seal cavity Horsepower:... 1 /2 Speed:... 1,750 rpm Flow:... 47 gpm @ 10 ft. head (4.3 psi) Weight:... 500 lbs crated / 465 lbs uncrated Mold Supply Outlet:... 1" N.P.T. Mold Return Inlet:... 1" N.P.T. Cooling:... Oil-to-water heat exchanger mounted in reservoir Tank:... welded steel, insulated Fluid Capacity:... Min. 8 gallon Tank Drain:... 3 /4" N.P.T. fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) HH16 High Heat, Oil Type Mold Temperature Controller Vented Cabinet helps pump run cooler and last longer Covers removed for illustration only For close tolerance molding at temperatures up to 550 F Mercury Relay provides fast response and long service life Tank Fluid-Level Indicator Insulation around the heating tank makes mold heating faster and more efficient Oil-to-water Heat Exchanger provides better control and faster cool-down Hinged Control Box simplifies wiring 24 1 /2" Self-tuning PID-Type Controller ensures consistent temperature 36" 36" User Friendly Control Setpoint, Process and Return Temperatures continuously displayed Item No. 121009 for 230/60/3 Item No. 121008 for 460/60/3 COMPLETE with four casters, instructions and BACKED BY OUR TWO YEAR WARRANTY $8,450 Lockable Circuit Breaker Dual 8 kw Heaters heat mold fast! Air-Cooled Pump no water line required Top quality Swivel Casters improve mobility Oven-Cured Polyester Powder Coating provides a durable finish Item No. 105578 PG1 Heat Transfer Fluid...$171.40 Item No. 137087 FF1 Oil System Flushing Fluid...146.05 Item No. 137086 PSC Plus Oil System Cleaner... 119.15 Item No. 149590 1 Pail of Each Above... 395.45 See page 1035 for details For Circulator Hose see pages 460-464 Made in the U.S.A C2: Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-012-050416 1033
C2: Production Shini US Hot Oil Mold Circulator Process temperature control up to 550 F Features - Benefits Omron PID multi-stage controller - maintains temp accuracy ±1 F Process alarms (low level / pump overload / over temperature) - allows easy operation and performance management Heavy duty powder coated cabinet - stands up to the harshest operating conditions Siemens Electrical Components Magnetic seal-less drive pump* - decreases maintenance downtime by eliminating pump seal failures *See chart for available models Automatic by-pass line and air vent Low pressure switch Y strainer Stainless steel tank and pipe heaters Phase reverse protection Shell and tube closed loop cooling Expansion tank with sight glass Main disconnect Completely insulated Casters A. Cooling water inlet B. Cooling water outlet C. To process D. From process E. Cooling solenoid valve F. Magnetic-drive pump G. Heater H. Heat exchanger 1 YEAR WARRANTY I. Reservoir J. Pressure gauge K. Sight glass L. Oil drain M.Temp sensor N. Level switch O. Oil inlet P. Level Indicator IMS Item # Temp Heater Flow Pump Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # Rating (kw) (GPM) Style Height Width Depth (LBS) Price 160208 160209 STM-910 400F 9 15 Centrifugal 31.5" 13.5" 33.5" 221 $3048 149595 149596 STM-1220 400F 12 20 Centrifugal 31.5" 13.5" 33.5" 221 $4158 149423 149594 STM-2440 400F 24 40 Centrifugal 35.5" 15.5" 37.0" 320 $5481 158418 158419 STM-1220-M 400F 12 20 Magnetic Drive 31.5" 13.5" 33.5" 221 $4637 158420 158424 STM-2440-M 400F 24 40 Magnetic Drive 35.5" 15.5" 37.0" 320 $6731 160210 160211 STM-907-HT 550F 9 10 Magnetic Drive 31.5" 13.5" 32.5" 221 $5074 149597 149598 STM-1215-HT 550F 12 15 Magnetic Drive 31.5" 13.5" 32.5" 221 $6676 149599 149600 STM-2440-HT 550F 24 24 Magnetic Drive 35.5" 15.5" 37.0" 331 $10597 Construction to comply with worldwide electrical safety standards (CE, UL, CSA, JIS etc.) available Inquire fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1034 C13-2-013-111716 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
HI-HEAT Transfer & System Maintenance Fluids for IMS HH16 and other Oil Type Circulators PG-1 HI-HEAT Transfer Fluid The ULTIMATE, NON-TOXIC Fluid for NON-PRESSURIZED HEATING to 600 F GREEN Products FEATURES Totally Non-Toxic (certified for both FDA and USDA requirements for service with food and pharmaceuticals contains no PCB s or MCB s) Colorless, Odorless and Tasteless Non-Corrosive, Stable, Non-Carbonizing Non-Fouling; carbon granules stay in suspension and will not build up deposits High Flash & Flammability Points Excellent heat transfer and flow Excellent BTU/GPM rate Low Pumping HP allows use of smaller pumps, which cost less to buy, rebuild maintain and operate Non-irritating to skin or eyes Insoluble in (won t mix with) water Disposable by local motor oil recyclers CAUTION: Avoid mixing water or any other fluid with High-Heat Fluids FF-1 Oil System Flushing Fluid Improves heat transfer for faster cycles PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS Pour Point, ASTM D97... -40 F (-40 C) Density @ 75 (24 C)... 7.27 lb/gal. Specific Heat at 75 F... 0.452 BTU/lb. at 400 F... 0.609 BTU/lb. Fire Point, coc, ASTM D92... 340 F (171 C) Autoignition Temperature, ASTM D2155... 690 F (366 C) Atmospheric Boiling Point, (10%) ASTM D1160... 657 F (347 C) Average Molecular Weight... 350 Optimum Use Range... 150 to 600 F... (66 to 316 C) Pumpable, Centrifugal @ 2000 centipoise... -13 F (-25 C) Weight (5 gal. pail)... 40 lbs (55 gal. drum)... 463 lbs PG-1 Heat Transfer Fluid Item No. 105578 1-2, 5 gal. pail... $171.40 3 or more pails... 162.83 ea. Item No. 106519 55 gal. drum... $1472.40 Can flush your Hot Oil Circulators while they re still operating Flushes fouled oil in existing systems; flushes out solder pieces and weld splatter in new systems C2: Production NOTE: FF-1 is meant for flushing. To clean varnished or cooked-on oil, use PSC Plus below. FF-1 Oil System Flushing Fluid Item No. 137087 5 gal. pail... $146.05 PSC Plus Oil System Cleaner Maximizes heat transfer for more parts and increased quality Cleans your Hot Oil Circulators while they re still operating. Non-Hazardous non corrosive, non toxic, non flammable (flash point: 392 F) Inexpensive only 4% concentration needed Blend with your existing oil to create a powerful cleaning PSC Plus Oil System Cleaner solution. Run system for 48 hours. Drain oil when cool enough to handle. Refill with fresh oil. If badly fouled, clean and flush for two days before filling with fresh oil. Item No. 137086 1 gal. pail... $119.15 Hi-Heat Transfer and System Maintenance Kit Item No. 149590 5 gal. pail PG-1, 5 gal. pail FF-1 and 1 gal. pail PSC Plus... $395.45 Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-014 1035
Shini Hot Water Circulator/ Mold Temperature Controller Great value for multi-industrial use Features - Benefits Omron PID multi-stage controller - maintains temperature accuracy ±1 F High efficiency centrifugal pump - allows precise mold temperature control C2: Production Process alarms (phase reverse protection / low level / pump overload / over temperature) - allows full diagnostics and protection against loss of power, phase reversal, motor overload, high temperature and loss of water pressure Siemens Electrical Components 3/4 NPT Inlet/Outlet Inlet strainer Time delay pressure switch Stainless steel piping Stainless steel flanged pump with silicon carbide seal Copper gauge piping Insulated heaters Circuit protectors for motor and heater Heavy duty powder coated cabinets Casters 1 YEAR WARRANTY Illuminated pump/heater on/off switches 10' power cord IMS Item # Heater Flow (GPM) Control Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # (kw) BTU/HR HP @ 30 PSI Amps Valve Size Height Width Depth (LBS) Price 149617 149618 1-WT-9-1-050-DS 9 30,708 1 10 13.5/27 1/2" 22.5" 11" 21.25" 159 $1900 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1036 C13-2-015-050914 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
OVERVIEW Made in the U.S.A IMS Hydra Air Cooled Chillers Maximum cooling capacity for multi-industrial use 1 Ton to 23.2 Ton Standard 20-80 F Set Point Range Standard - allows maximum cooling in less time with fewer rejects MAXIMUM Cooling Capacity: - tonnage rated at 50 F fluid leaving temperature with 95 F ambient air Several Optional Accessories to Meet Your Requirements Casters Standard on All Sizes 18 MONTH WARRANTY IMS MC Series and MicroMax Air Cooled Chillers Industry standard quality 1/7 Ton to 20 Ton Standard 50 F - 90 F Set Point Range MicroMax Stainless Steel Cabinet - perfect for medical and food applications Cooling Capacity: - tonnage rated at 65 F fluid leaving temp with 95 F ambient air Casters Standard up to 5 Ton Outdoor and Tankless Chillers Available Several Optional Accessories - to meet your requirements Made in the U.S.A 1 YEAR WARRANTY C2: Production Shini Portable Air Cooled Chillers Great value for multi-industrial use 3 Ton to 40 Ton Standard 50-95 F Set Point Range Many Sizes IN STOCK for Quick Delivery Cooling Capacity: - tonnage rated at 50 F fluid leaving temp with 90 F ambient air Worldwide Electrical Safety Standards Available Casters Standard up to 15 Tons Fully Tested in the U.S.A. 1 YEAR WARRANTY fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-016-050914 1037
Mr. Techie s Sizing a Chiller for Injection Molding C2: Production Tech The Right Type Most refrigeration is designed for static loads, like in a meat cooler. In plastics processing, heat is added to and removed from the mold during every cycle. Select a chiller designed for active heat loads. The Right Size Although an undersized chiller will cost less to buy, the chiller will be running at full capacity, resulting in higher operating costs. And even then, you may have trouble consistently keeping the mold cold. Chillers are rated in tons; one ton equals the ability to transfer 12,000 BTUs/hr. The tonnage rating should be stated at a specific leaving water temperature and at a specific ambient temperature. Choose a chiller that can achieve the anticipated water temperature that your process will need and the rate of BTU s required. Producing colder water than necessary will cost in two ways; initially for the equipment and continually to operate it. IMS Chillers are Rated based on actual testing. Avoid arbitrary Tonnage claims and select the chiller producing enough BTU s and a temperature required for your process. Overall Chilling System Losses IMS recommends a 20% allowance for radiation losses through the lines, mold base and platen, and for such factors as heat input from the pump. The easiest way to factor this in is to use 12,000 BTU/hp/hr at 50 F as the chilling system capacity, even though the chiller itself is rated for 12,000 BTU at 44 F. The Right Temperature The colder the water needs to be, the less efficient the chiller is, mainly because the tank and lines absorb more heat from the ambient air. A chiller removes heat most efficiently when set at 50 F to 55 F. The tonnage rating at 50 F is cut in half at 30. Water Flow through the Mold At a flow of 10 gpm, chilled water must rise 12 F through the mold to remove 1,000 BTU/minute. At a flow of 3 gpm, the temperature must rise 40 F to remove 1,000 BTU. If low flow is due to the mold's design, the only solution is having the mold reworked. But if normally occurring water deposits are clogging the lines, water line cleaner, IMS Lime Buster III, can greatly boost mold flow and increase heat transfer. Avoiding Antifreeze Water transfers heat better than antifreeze. Due to turbulence through the heat exchanger, TrueTon Mold Chillers can run at temperatures down to 35 F without using antifreeze. TrueTon Chillers are designed so that the units will not be damaged, even if freezing does occur. Antifreeze Selection If antifreeze is needed, add only inhibited ethylene glycol with high corrosion resistance (available as EG-17 from IMS in 5-gallon pails and 55-gallon drums). Avoid straight ethylene glycol as it becomes acidic and corrosive in use. Automotive antifreeze is also acidic and contains silica-based inhibitors that form a gel within two years in open-air systems such as chillers. Tips Computing Size for IMS TrueTon Chillers (2 Methods) Method 1 (Based on coolant temperature and flow rate) To determine chiller tonnage required, you must calculate the delta T between the inlet and outlet water temperatures and the rate of flow in gallons per minute. Measuring the delta T requires a thermocouple or thermometer. To perform a load test: 1.) Strap a thermocouple to the inlet water line of the processing equipment and wrap it with tape to hold it in place. 2.) Strap a thermocouple on the outlet water line of the processing equipment to record the amount of heat the water is picking up in your equipment. To measure flow rate of the water place a flow meter on the outlet water line of your equipment. If a flow meter is not available, simply disconnect the outlet line and let the water pour into a five gallon bucket while you time it with a watch. This provides you with the GPM (gallons per minute) rate of discharge. Now you have the necessary information to size a unit properly. Use the following formula to calculate your equipment s BTU s of required cooling. BTU = Constant (weight of water) x GPM x Temperature Differential Multiply the fluid flow (GPM) by 500. Multiply the result by the temperature differential or rise (return water temperature minus the input or supply water temperature). Divide the result by 12,000 and you now have your required rating. Example: 500 Constant (weight of water) x 10 GPM (gallons per minute) 5000 x 12 Temperature Differential (or rise) 60,000 Required BTU s per hour 12,000 EACH 12,000 BTU s requires 1 Ton of Cooling = 5 Ton (This equipment would require a 5 Tons capacity) Method 2 (Based on material use and melt temperature) You can also calculate the proper tonnage using the following formula: Tonnage = A (B - C) Removal Capacity where: A = Material use in lbs./hr. Use actual lbs./hr., not machine s capacity rating B = Temperature of melt C = Temperature of part when it comes out of mold Removal = 12,000 BTU/hr./ton removal capacity of Capacity chiller system set at 50 F, which includes estimated radiation losses, etc. At 40 F, use 8,000. At 30 F, use 6,100. At 20 F, use 5,800. Example: 100 lbs./hr. 450 F melt temperature 150 F part temperature when mold opens Tonnage = 100 x (450-150) 12,000 100 x 300 = 12,000 30,000 12,000 = 2.5 Use the next size up, in this case a three ton chiller, to avoid problems caused by using an undersized chiller. For assistance with sizing, contact the IMS Team at fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1038 C13-2-017/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Mr. Techie s Sizing a Chiller (continued) Tech Blow Molding 40#/Hr HDPE = 1 Ton 45#/Hr LDPE = 1 Ton 40#/Hr PET = 1 Ton 45#/Hr PP = 1 Ton Minimum process flow = 4.8 GPM/ton @ 65 PSI Tips Extrusion Coating 40#/Hr LDPE = 1 Ton Process flow required = 12 GPM/ton for direct roll cooling Pipe & Profile 80 #/Hr ABS = 1 ton 90#/Hr PVC = 1 Ton Sheet 40#/Hr UHMWPE = 1 Ton 55#/Hr PP = 1 Ton 80#/Hr PVC = 1 Ton 50#/Hr HDPE = 1 Ton 75#/Hr PS = 1 Ton 55#/Hr LDPE = 1 Ton 75#/Hr ABS = 1 Ton Process flow = 8 GPM/ton for direct roll cooling Cooling Gearbox cooling = 0.5 Ton/Inch of extruder barrel Screw cooling = 0.5 Ton/Inch of extruder barrel Feed throat cooling = 0.33 Ton/ Inch of extruder barrel Barrel cooling = 1 Ton/Inch of extruder barrel Eddy current clutch (light load) = 0.2 Ton/HP Eddy current clutch (normal operation) = 0.05 Ton/HP Injection Molding Mold Cooling 30#/Hr HDPE = 1 Ton 40#/Hr Nylon = 1 Ton 65#/Hr PVC = 1 Ton 35#/Hr LDPE = 1 Ton 50#/Hr PS = 1 Ton 40#/Hr PET = 1 Ton 35#/Hr PP = 1 Ton 50#/Hr ABS = 1 ton Hot runner molds = 1 Ton/10.5 KW hot runner Machine Cooling 10 HP Hydraulic Motor HP = 1 Ton Feed throat cooling = 1 Ton (machines under 400 ton use 1/2 ton) Thermoforming 180#/Hr PE = 1 Ton 250#/Hr HIPS = 1 Ton 240#/Hr PVC = 1 Ton Rail Cooling = 3 Tons Minimum process flow of 4.8 GPM/Ton Other Mold room heating = 25 BTU/FT2 Vacuum pump = 0.1 Ton/HP Non-mold room heating = 50 BTU/FT2 Water pump = 0.2 Ton/HP Mold room cooling = 80 BTU/FT2 Air compressor without after cooler = 0.15 Ton/HP Air compressor with after cooler = 0.20 Ton/HP Common Conversion Factors To Convert From To Multiply By Boiler HP Btu/Hour 33445.7 Cubic Centimeters Gallons (US) 0.00026 Cubic Feet Gallons (US) 7.48052 Cubic Inches Gallons (US) 0.00433 Cubic Meters Gallons (US) 264.172 Feet Meters 0.3048 Gallons (US) Cubic Meters 0.003785 Gallons (US) Liters 3.7854 Gallons (US)/Minute Liters/Second 0.06309 Inches Millimeters 25.4 Kilowatts Btu/Hour 3414.4 Motor HP Btu/Hour 2547.16 Motor HP KW 0.746 Ounces Grams 28.3495 Pounds Kilograms 0.4536 Pounds/Sq Inch Bar 0.06895 Pounds/Sq Inch Kilograms/Sq Cm 0.07031 Pounds/Sq Inch Kilopascals 6.89476 Pounds/Sq Inch Feet of Water 2.3067 Square Feet Square Meters 0.0929 Square Inch Square Centimeter 6.4516 Weighted Water Tests % Ethylene Glycol vs Freeze GPM x ΔT = Chill Ton by Volume Protection 24 10% 25 F #/Min x ΔT = Chill Ton 20% 15 F 200 30% 0 F GPM x ΔT = Twr Ton 40% -15 F 30 50% -40 F #/Min x ΔT = Twr Ton 250 Flow Rates vs Temp Difference Per Ton 1.2 GPM = 20 F ΔT 4.8 GPM = 5 F ΔT 2.4 GPM = 10 F ΔT 9.6 GPM = 2.5 F ΔT ( F-32) x 5/9= C ( C x 9/5) +32= F Pipe Sizing Guide for Schedule 40 Steel Pipe (10 HD/100 Run,10 /Sec Velocity Max) 1/2" = 3 GPM 1-1/4" = 25 GPM 2-1/2" = 120 GPM 6" = 900 GPM 3/4" = 6 GPM 1 1/2" = 40 GPM 3" = 200 GPM 8" = 1500 GPM 1" = 12 GPM 2" = 75 GPM 4" = 400 GPM 10" = 2400 GPM Commonly Used Equivalents & Formulae 1 HP = 2547.16 Btu/Hr 1 Cu Ft = 7.48 gallons (water) 1 Gallon = 8.33 lbs (water) 1 KW = 3414.4 Btu/Hr 1 KW = 1.341 HP Q = 4.5xCFMxΔH = Btu (air cooling) PSI = ft of head GPM x P(feet of head) Pump HP = 2.31 3960x(0.65 to 0.75) (Pump Eff) KW= Amps x Volts x 0.85 x 1.73 1,000 Tower water make-up requirements: untreated 2% of flow rate, treated 1.5% of flow rate. Water cooled requires 3 GPM/Min/Ton Lose 1.5% capacity per degree lower than rating C2: Production fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-017/2 1039
IMS Hydra Air Cooled Chillers Maximum cooling capacity for multi-industrial use Hydra Series Chillers allows you to mold better parts in less time with fewer rejects. Set Point Temperature as low as 20 F Standard Made in the U.S.A Galvanized multi-blade propeller fans Manufactured at an ISO 9001:2008 facility Tested at full capacity prior to shipping C2: Production Microprocessor controller - accurate temperature control (±1 F ) and extensive diagnostics Features - Benefits Dual LED digital displays - provides to process and set point temperatures Anti-cycle timer - prevents shortcycling of compressor every 2.5 minutes Deviation alarm - 30 minute timer delay to prevent nuisance alarms during start-up and set point changes Display temperatures - allows operator to easily switch from F to C from the front panel Diagnostic lights - alerts operator to no flow, high refrigerant pressure, low refrigerant pressure, freezestat, over set point, under set point, pump on, compressor on, partial load, water make-up (active if option is purchased), low water level (active if option is purchased), high water temperature and probe fault Operation lights - indicates control power on, stop alarm reset, alarm horn silence (active if option is purchased) PID control algorithm - assures most accurate process control temperatures Front panel alarm - with easy reset button EXCEPTIONAL WARRANTY No manufacturer offers a better /more comprehensive warranty: Eighteen months on parts One full year on labor Five full years on microprocessor with lifetime controller exchange price of $200 10 Ton Unit shown NPT chilled water supply/return 1 to 3 Ton units have one of the smallest footprints in the industry see next page for additional specifications and pricing fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) External sight glass fill / drain connection Inlet air filter - cleanable, flexible, durable and ensures maximum operating efficiency www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) 1040 C13-2-018/1-072814 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra Air Cooled Chillers (continued) Standard Features: Craftsmanship and Quality Components are what separates us from the competition Nonferrous construction - includes evaporator, pump, reservoir and piping to resist corrosion Air-cooled condenser - generously sized aircooled condensers for industrial environments with ambient temperatures up to 115 F Removable side panel - allows easy access to interior components Mechanical Features: Scroll compressor(s) - energy efficient and reliable Generously sized copper tube/aluminum finned air-cooled condensers - designed for industrial environments (includes air inlet filters) Stainless steel process pump with pressure gauge Refrigerant TXV, filter/drier and sight glass Internal insulated polyethylene reservoir - comes with large capacity and a removable top. Process Y-strainer - protects the evaporator from contaminants in the water Evaporator freeze-up protection Heavy gauge steel cabinet Casters standard on all sizes R407C refrigerant Stainless steel brazed plate evaporator - higher heat transfer coefficients due to reduced fouling Electronic hot gas bypass - handles varying load conditions Freezestat safety switch with solid state sensor Encapsulated high and low refrigerant pressure safeties Call today and allow our engineers on staff to design the custom chiller that s right for you. IMS Item # Compressor Pump Flow Rate Tank Standard In/Out Dimensions Weight Unit 230/60/3 460/60/3 Ton* HP HP (GPM) Size (gal) Set Point NPT Height Width Depth (LBS) Price 149619** NA 1 1 1/4 2 @ 80 3 20-65 F 1" 34" 19" 28" 255 $4800 149620 149621 2 2 1 5 @ 39 11 20-65 F 1" 42" 24" 40" 420 $6455 149622 150186 3 3 1 7 @ 38 11 20-65 F 1" 42" 24" 40" 430 $7895 149623 149624 5.5 5.5 1-1/2 13 @ 43 11 20-65 F 1-1/2" 55" 35" 44" 720 $9650 149625 149626 7.5 7.5 1-1/2 18 @ 42 22 20-80 F 1-1/2" 55" 35" 75" 1195 $11450 149627 149830 10 10 1-1/2 24 @ 40 22 20-80 F 1-1/2" 55" 35" 75" 1195 $12240 149628 149629 13.1 13.1 1-1/2 31 @ 36 22 20-80 F 1-1/2" 55" 35" 75" 1215 $15175 149630 149631 15 15 3 36 @ 57 70 20-80 F 2" 94" 42" 81" 3200 $19885 149632 149633 20 2 X 10 3 48 @ 52 70 20-80 F 2" 94" 42" 81" 3300 $22460 149634 149635 23.2 2 X 11.6 5 56 @ 60 70 20-80 F 2" 94" 42" 81" 3800 $29550 *Tonnage rated @ 50 F fluid leaving temp w/95 F ambient air To extend range to 20-80 F a CPR Valve option is required for 5.5 Ton and smaller **230/60/1 Description Unit Price Description Unit Price Alarm Horn and Silence Switch $190 Remote Alarm Dry Contact $300 Automatic Water Makeup & Low Level Light $400 Remote On/Off Contacts $100 Extend Set Point Range to 80 F (1-3 Ton) $225 Return Water Temperature Display $75 Extend Set Point Range to 80 F (5.5 Ton) $275 Special Color Air Dry Enamel Paint $1,075 Hand Held Remote with 50' cable $505 3-Phase Monitor $235 SPI Communications Port $245 575 volt add (2 and 3 ton units) $470 Inlet Air Filter (for #149622 and #150186) $75 575 volt add (5 through 15 ton units) $1,055 Low Water Level Light $185 575 volt add (20 through 25 ton units) $1,430 NEMA-4/12 Window Kit $300 Hydra Series Air Cooled Chillers Inquire about Water Cooled Chillers Optional Accessories C2: Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-018/2 1041
IMS Hydra MC Series Air Cooled Chillers Industry standard quality Made in the U.S.A 2 YEAR WARRANTY C2: Production Features - Benefits Vertical Air Discharge with Cleanable Air Filters - allows/affords operator comfort Removable Panel Doors - allows easy access and maintenance of components Built-In Sub Cooling Circuit on Condensers - improves efficiency and reduces refrigerant charge Brazed Plate Evaporators - provide most efficient thermal transfer Self Contained Unit with Re-Circulating Pump Fused Disconnect Manual Bypass Casters standard on units up to 5 Tons Non-Ferrous Welded Components 50-95 F Set Point Range Powder Coated, Galvanized Sheet Metal Cabinet Digital Temperature Controller R-407C Refrigerant IMS Item # Pump Flow Rate Tank In/Out Dimensions Weight Unit Price 230/60/3 460/60/3 Ton** HP (GPM) Size (gal) NPT H W D (LBS) 230V 460V 147710 * 147711 * 2 1 10 @ 35 8 1-1/4" 50" 31" 29" 460 $7040 $6905 147716 * 147717 * 3 2 10 @ 45 36 1-1/2" 68" 37" 35" 540 $7485 $7485 147722 * 147723 * 5 2 15 @ 45 36 1-1/2" 68" 37" 35" 570 $8530 $8595 NA 147728 7.5 2 25 @ 40 60 1-1/2" 68" 37" 57" 570 NA $10905 NA 147731 10 3 30 @ 40 60 1-1/2" 68" 37" 57" 1350 NA $12595 NA 147734 15 5 60 @ 45 86 2" 68" 60" 57" 1800 NA $17660 NA 147737 20 5 60 @ 45 86 2" 68" 60" 57" 2500 NA $20925 *Includes casters ** Tonnage rated @ 65 F fluid leaving temp @ 95F ambient Inquire about Water Cooled, Tankless and Outdoor Chillers Optional Accessories Auto Water Fill, Inlet Water Filter, Pressure Relief, Stainless Steel Cabinet, 60 PSI Pump, 80 PSI Pump, Anti Backflow Kit and Remote Control INQUIRE www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1042 C13-2-019-031915 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Hydra MicroMax Air Cooled Chillers Great cooling capacity on smaller jobs Made in the U.S.A 1/8 to 1 1 /2 Ton Sizes Available Features - Benefits Removable Panel Lift Out Doors - allows easy access and maintenance of components Stainless Steel Cabinet - great for medical packaging and food applications Digital Temperature Controller - allows for easy operation 1 YEAR WARRANTY 50-90 F Set Point Range Closed-Loop Style UL and CE Rated Casters Standard R-407C Refrigerant Corrosion-Free Reservoir Non-Ferrous Welded Components Submersed Copper Coil High Flow Re-Circulating Pump C2: Production Cooling Pump Flow Rate Tank In/Out Dimensions Weight Unit Item # Capacity* Voltage HP (GPM) Size (gal) NPT Height Width Depth (LBS) Price 147701 2100 115/60/1 1/3 2 @ 50 5 1/2" 27" 21" 22" 260 $2940 147703 5000 115/60/1 1/3 4 @ 50 5 1/2" 27" 21" 22" 310 $3755 147704 5000 230/60/1 1/3 4 @ 50 5 1/2" 27" 21" 22" 310 $4155 147706 11300 230/60/1 1/3 4 @ 50 10 1/2" 33" 25" 28" 360 $4445 148857 11300 230/60/3 1/2 4 @ 50 10 1/2" 33" 25" 28" 400 $4895 147707 11300 460/60/3 1/2 4 @ 50 10 1/2" 33" 25" 28" 550 $4895 147708 18000 230/60/1 1/3 4 @ 50 10 1/2" 33" 25" 28" 400 $4990 149636 18000 230/60/3 1/2 4 @ 50 10 1/2" 33" 25" 28" 400 $5760 147709 18000 460/60/3 1/2 10 @ 35 10 1/2" 33" 25" 28" 400 $5480 *Rated In BTUs Per Hour 65 F fluid leaving temp @ 95F ambient 12,000 BTUs = 1 Ton. (ex: 5040 BTU / 12,000 =.42 Tons) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-020 1043
C2: Production Shini US Portable Air Cooled Chillers Great value for multi-industrial use Features - Benefits Vertical Discharge - allows/affords operator comfort Hot Gas Bypass Valve - handles varying load conditions Automatic Water Bypass Valve - protects against freeze up Non-Proprietary Temp Controller - maintains an accuracy of ± 1 F Siemens Electrical Components Compressor and Pump Overload Protection 1. Stainless steel water tank 2. Big flow 3-phase pump 3. High / low system pressure gauges 4. Main power switch 5. Pump pressure gauge 6. Copeland scroll compressor(s) for super high efficiency and low noise 7. Expansion valve for accurate adjustment of R-407C refrigerant 8. Condenser features quick heat transfer and heat radiation 9. Sell-and-tube evaporator ensures efficient cooling 10. Powder coated frame Most Sizes IN STOCK 45-70 F Operational Temperature Range Full Diagnostics Panel Non-Ferrous Water Components Fully Insulated Stainless Steel Reservoir Heavy Duty Powder Coated Cabinet Automatic Fill Valve Casters standard on units up to 15 Tons R-407C/R410A* Refrigerant (*both available on some models) 10' Power Cord 1 YEAR WARRANTY IMS Item # Compressor Pump Flow Rate Tank In/Out Dimensions Weight Unit Price 230/60/3 460/60/3 Shini # Ton* HP HP (GPM) Size (gal) NPT H W D (LBS) 230V 460V 149601 149602 SIC-AC-3 3 3 1 7.2 11 1" 59" 30" 51" 400 $6952 $6308 149603 149604 SIC-AC-5 5 5 1 12 11 1" 59" 30" 51" 500 $8319 $7152 149605 149606 SIC-AC-8 8 8 1.5 19.2 16 1-1/2" 59" 30" 63" 850 $10471 $9471 149607 149608 SIC-AC-10 10 10 1.5 24 30 1-1/2" 59" 36" 63" 880 $12746 $10876 149609 149610 SIC-AC-15 15 15 2 36 30 2" 63" 36" 69" 1300 $19038 $16305 149611 149612 SIC-AC-20 20 2 x 10 3 48 40 2" 79" 40" 110" 2310 $22278 $21705 149613 149614 SIC-AC-30 30 2 x 15 5 72 70 2-1/2" 87" 51" 110" 2680 $32923 $29748 149615 149616 SIC-AC-40 40 2 x 20 5 96 70 2-1/2" 88" 58" 154" 3300 $43754 $40017 *Tonnage rated @ 50 F fluid leaving temperature with 90 F ambient air Gallons per minute @ 40 psi Inquire about Water Cooled Chillers Worldwide electrical safety standards available (CE, UL, CSA, JIS etc.) Inquire www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1044 C13-2-021-052615 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Lockouts Select Works with all IEC circuit breakers Keep your machines running safely Protects against accidental turn on/off Anodized aluminum construction Red or black color Compatible with Airpax/Sensata, Heinemann, Carling Switch, Potter-Brumfield, CBI and more Made in the U.S.A Custom Lockouts Available Inquire Contact the Team for pricing and additional information: OR Call: 1.886.467.9001 Switch Guards Select Great for the aerospace, medical and food industries Prevents operator from accidentally turning on/off important switches to the process Stainless steel construction C2: Production Contact the Team for pricing: Made in the U.S.A IEC Circuit Breakers All OEM s available - Heinemann, Carling Switch, CBI and more 1, 2, 3 or 4 poles Many stock sizes Contact the Team for pricing: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-022 1045
5 Bar Quality TM Select WATER-PASSAGE CLEANER QUICKLY DISSOLVES and FLUSHES AWAY SCALE, RUST and CALCIUM deposits from Internal Mold Passages, Water Lines and Heat Exchangers Made in the U.S.A C2: Production Run Shorter Cycles with Better Heat Transfer THE PROBLEM: Water circulators give the most efficient mold temperature control, but water can leave deposits that insulate the mold from the circulating water; as little as 1 /64" can reduce heat transfer 40%. Full temperature change takes longer if it occurs at all. Cycle times and electricity use go up as part quality goes down. THE SOLUTION: The IMS LIME BUSTER III circulates a mild acid through your mold water passages, dissolving mineral deposits and flushing them away. Circulating water can then have direct contact with the metal in the mold, restoring heat transfer. You ll see SHORTER CYCLES and BETTER PARTS. Just 1 /64" of scale in your mold water-passages can reduce the heat transfer rate up to 40% This costs your company time and money in longer cycle times EASY TO USE! Minerals in water passages block heat transfer. You lose time every cycle. You can even lose temperature control in parts of your mold. Deposits in molds directly affect CYCLE TIMES and PART QUALITY GREEN Products Routine use of LIME BUSTER keeps molds running at PEAK PERFORMANCE! LIME BUSTER III flushes deposits from passages. Heat transfer becomes faster; cycles get shorter. You get full temperature control over the entire mold. www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1046 C13-2-023 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Made in the U.S.A Select WATER-PASSAGE CLEANER Keeps mold productivity UP and press operating costs DOWN! 5 Bar Quality TM Only from IMS Easy-Pour Wide-Mouth Tank Fill and Drain PVC Manifolds and supplied Plumbing Kit speed and simplify mold hook-up Combination Handle & Cord Wrap for added convenience 5 ft. Grounded Power Cord with Plug SOLVENTOL 2409 changes from purple to yellow as it cleans, indicating acid strength. Durable Welded Polypropylene Construction High-Flow CPVC Plastic Pump with Thermally Protected Continuous Duty Motor Integral Grounded Switch Box C2: Production Quality All-Swivel Casters with Rubber Wheels for easy positioning Plastic Frame, Tank, Pump, Fittings and Hardware ensure corrosion resistance and long life Convenient PLUMBING KIT Now standard equipment to make mold hook-up fast & easy! #110469 Kit Includes: Barbed Polyethylene Fittings: Qty. 1 /2" I.D. x 1 /2" N.P.T.... 16 1 /2" I.D. x 3 /8" N.P.T.... 8 1 /2" I.D. x 1 /4" N.P.T.... 8 Plugs (for unused ports in manifold) 1 /2" N.P.T. 6 3 /4" Nylon Hose Clamps... 16 1 /2" N.P.T. Fitting 1 /4" N.P.T. Fitting See Next Page for Pricing 1 /2" N.P.T. Plug 3 /8" N.P.T. Fitting 3 /4" Clamp fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) continued on next page Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-024/1 1047
5 Bar Quality TM Select Use as scheduled mold maintenance or whenever a mold is removed for storage Designed with the user in mind! Why do you need an acid and a neutralizer? Non-acid solvents don t dissolve mineral scale nearly as well as our acid. The EPA requires acids to be neutralized before disposal. Neutralization is very simple with IMS products. The acid changes color to let you know when it is time to strengthen or dispose of the solution. Plumbing Kit includes an assortment of fittings, plugs and clamps C2: Production - SPECIFICATIONS - Base Dimensions:... 18" wide x 23" long Height Overall:... 34" Operating Capacity:... 5 to 11 gal. Maximum Operating Temp:... 140 F Pump Motor:... 1 /5 hp, 3450 rpm, 115V 18 gpm Open Discharge Inlet & Outlet Connections:... 1 /2" N.P.T. Weight (crated): LIME BUSTER III only... 96 lbs LIME BUSTER III Complete Kit... 180 lbs Mr. Techie s Tech Tips The general rule of thumb is 1 /2 lb of acid per gallon of water. Lime Buster III is a trademark of IMS Company SOLVENTOL 2409 Acid (powder) Item No. 110224 ENPROX Neutralizer (liquid) - AFTER CLEANING WATER PASSAGES - use IMS Foaming Rust Inhibitor to ensure rust-free mold storage See Page 179 COMPLETE with one 45-lb container of SOLVENTOL 2409 Powdered Acid, one 3-gal container of ENPROX 714 Neutralizer, Plumbing Kit, 50 ft of Vinyl Hose, one vial of Neutral Litmus Paper Strips, Instructions and one 16 oz. can of IMS Foaming Water- Passage Rust Inhibitor with hose, fitting and clamp. $1,600 For 115/60/1 operation IMS LIME BUSTER III ONLY COMPLETE with Plumbing Kit and 50 ft. of vinyl hose #110226... $1,395 SUPPLIES and SPARE PARTS #110221 Solventol 2409 Powdered Acid (45 lbs)... $220.00 ea. #106097 ENPROX 714 Neutralizer (3 gallons/45 lbs)... 125.00 ea. #110469 Plumbing Kit, Standard Size... 35.25 ea. #110504 1 /2" I.D. Vinyl Hose... 1.55/ft. #121711 Vial of 100 Neutral Litmus Paper Strips... 4.10 ea. #155320 Chemical Resistant Gloves (pair)-neoprene... 8.05 #145852 Chemical Resistant Apron-Nitrile Coated... 30.45 #113406 Pump and Motor Assembly... 675.95 www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1048 C13-2-024/2-060713 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Select WATER-PASSAGE CLEANER Made in the U.S.A 5 Bar Quality TM Larger Model for Large Molds QUICKLY DISSOLVES and FLUSHES AWAY SCALE, RUST and CALCIUM deposits from Internal Mold Passages, Water Lines and Heat Exchangers Just 1 /64" of scale in your mold water-passages can reduce the heat transfer rate up to 40% 5 ft. Grounded Power Cord with Plug (not shown) ON/OFF Switch LIME BUSTER XL flushes deposits from passages. Heat transfer becomes faster; cycles get shorter. You get full temperature control over the entire mold. Easy-Pour Wide-Mouth Tank Fill and Drain BIG 30 gallon tank capacity Combination Handle & Cord Wrap for added convenience High-Flow CPVC Plastic Pump with Thermally Protected Continuous Duty Motor C2: Production Durable Welded Polypropylene Construction Integral Grounded Switch Box Quality All-Swivel Casters with Rubber Wheels for easy positioning fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Plastic Frame, Tank, Pump, Fittings and Hardware ensure corrosion resistance and long life continued on next page Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-2-025/1 1049
5 Bar Quality TM Select Use for scheduled mold maintenance or whenever a mold is removed for storage Designed with the user in mind! Why do you need an acid and a neutralizer? Non-acid solvents don t dissolve mineral scale nearly as well as our acid. The EPA requires acids to be neutralized before disposal. Neutralization is very simple with IMS products. The acid changes color to let you know when it is time to strengthen or dispose of the solution. C2: Production - SPECIFICATIONS - Operating Capacity:... 30 gal. Maximum Operating Temp:... 140 F Pump/Motor: Centrifugal Pump, Close Coupled to AC Motor Voltage... 115V Power... 1 /4 hp Speed... 2850 rpm Flow... 44 gpm Open Discharge Inlet & Outlet Connections:... 1 1 /2" N.P.T. Base Dimensions:... 27" wide x 35" long Height Overall:... 32 1 /2" Weight (crated):... 154 lbs Mr. Techie s Tech Tips The general rule of thumb is 1 /2 lb of acid per gallon of water. Lime Buster III is a trademark of IMS Company SOLVENTOL 2409 Acid (powder) Item No. 148235 ENPROX Neutralizer (liquid) - AFTER CLEANING WATER PASSAGES - use IMS Foaming Rust Inhibitor to ensure rust-free mold storage See Page 179 COMPLETE with one 1" Female NPT Flow Meter, two 45-lb containers of SOLVENTOL 2409 Powdered Acid, one 3-gal container of ENPROX 714 Neutralizer, two vials of Neutral Litmus Paper Strips, Plumbing Kit* and Instructions. $3,550 For 115/60/1 operation IMS LIME BUSTER XL ONLY COMPLETE with one 1" Female NPT Flow Meter #136666... $2,950 SUPPLIES and SPARE PARTS #110221 Solventol 2409 Powdered Acid (45 lbs)... $220.00 ea. #106097 ENPROX 714 Neutralizer (3 gallons/45 lbs)... 125.00 ea. #103776 Foaming Mold Water Passage Rust Inhibitor (16 oz)... 5.81 ea. #121711 Vial of 100 Neutral Litmus Paper Strips... 4.10 ea. #144843 *Plumbing Kit: Includes (2) 4 Port Manifolds with 1 /2" Ports, Fitting Kit, Hose and Hose Clamps... 380.90 ea. #155320 Chemical Resistant Gloves (pair)-neoprene... 8.05 #145852 Chemical Resistant Apron-Nitrile Coated... 30.45 #131295 Pump and Motor Assembly... 970.25 www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) 1050 C13-2-025/2-031317 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
The Original Buyers Guide Catalog C3: Part Drop Chutes, Skirts, Trays & Diverting Systems Pages 1052 1061 Post-Production Part/Runner Conveyors & Separators Pages 1062 1070 Plastic Granulators, Accessories & Services Pages 1071 1083 Most items IN STOCK for Same Day Shipment fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-001 1051
3 Bar Quality TM Mold Side Curtains Effectively contain molded parts of multi-cavity molds that have a tendency to fly out the sides Help reduce the risk of part contamination, loss or damage Made in the U.S.A Curtain is attached to frame with VELCRO to allow quick, easy access to mold cavities or cores Every other vertical panel is clear vinyl for easy viewing of the molding area Tie bar sleeves sold separately For custom Tie Bar Sleeves see page 1054 TYPICAL INSTALLATION Shown OPEN Aluminum Angle Mounting Brackets are designed to attach directly to the mold, not the platen Part Chute sold separately Steel Alignment Rod stops curtain from collapsing into the mold 144429-144432 (4" to 10" Mold Open) NO Alignment Rod Required 144433 (12" Mold Open) ONE Alignment Rod in the Center Required 144434-144437 (14" and 20 Mold Open) TWO Alignment Rods Required (as shown) Shown CLOSED End View C3: Post-Production www.imscompany.com/ie Soft.040 Vinyl fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Mold Side Curtains INCLUDE: Two 1½ x ¾ aluminum angle mounting brackets for attaching to the mold; Velcro for attaching the curtain to the brackets. ¼ Steel Alignment Rods may or may not be included depending on size of curtain (see above). Item # Mold Approximate Open Mold Close Length Unit Price 144429 4" 3/4" 12" $ 65.52 144430 6" 3/4" 15" 79.56 144431 8" 1" 18" 87.05 144432 10" 1-1/4" 21" 101.56 144433 12" 1-1/4" 24" 129.48 144434 14" 1-1/2" 27" 126.22 144435 16" 1-3/4" 30" 149.76 144436 18" 1-3/4" 33" 163.80 144437 20" 2" 36" 177.84 NOTE: The Curtains above are Standard and will fit a variety of applications, for custom curtains, use form on the following page. www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) 1052 C13-3-002-070715 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Mold Side Curtains Request Form Made in the U.S.A Tie Rods 3" Typical* Aluminum Angle Bellow Holes for support rod Drill clearance holes for water pipes or mill clearance V MOLD Length Every other vertical panel is clear vinyl for easy viewing of the molding area Support Frame H TYPICAL INSTALLATION MOLD OPEN Drill clearance holes in aluminum angle. Drill and tap mold base to accept mounting screws. *Note: Side curtains require 3" gap between mold and tie bar. The curtain can only be as long as the tie bar spacing if adequate space does not exist. Ensure adequate clearance between waterline fittings on the parting line, to allow the curtain to collapse in between when the mold is closed. Curtain open stroke and curtain length should not exceed 36". Mounting Bracket is always 1" shorter than the curtain length. Curtain length received will be 1/2" shorter than ordered for adjustment purposes. Mold Open Approximate Mold Close 3" - 6" 1/2" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 7" - 9" 3/4" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 10" - 12" 1" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 13" - 15" 1-1/4" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 16" - 18" 1-1/2" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 19" - 21" 1-3/4" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 22" - 24" 2" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 25" - 27" 2-1/4" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 28" - 30" 2-1/2" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 31" - 32" 2-3/4" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 33" - 36" 3" bellows + 1/4" for mounting bracket 1. (H) Distance between Tie Rods: (V) Distance between Tie Rods: 2. Mold Width: Mold Height: 3. Mold Open: 4. Curtain Length: Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-003-101113 1053
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) TIE BAR SLEEVES Keep tie bar grease IN / Keep abrasive airborne particles OUT Prevent tie bar grease from contacting molded parts Protect tie bars and bushings from abrasive airborne particles Black Neoprene Nitrile coated fabric construction for durability Made in the U.S.A MAXIMUM Use Temperature: 240 F Contract and expand with mold stroke to provide continuous protection The sleeves wrap around tie bars, using a zipper, Velcro and magnetic mounting kit for quick and easy installation. CUSTOM MADE TO ANY TIE BAR DIAMETER AND LENGTH * c * * 11 /2" clearance required between mold and tie bar. SPECIFY: a. Mold Open: max open length = 3X closed length b. Mold Closed: (max ratio = 3:1) c. Tie Bar Diameter: b Mold closed min. platen to platen a Mold opened max. platen to platen C3: Post-Production Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 1054 C13-3-004-070813 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Detachable Part Chute Guideskirts Great for automating injection machine part distribution and sorting 9 STYLES to suit most any application HB Hard Bottom Style Detachable Chute Guideskirts with cushion insert is specifically designed to transfer molded parts by gravity from under the machine to a conveyor or container Item # Mold Rod Chute Unit Open Clearance Height Length Price 144450 6" 12" 8" 24" $180.62 144451 12" 18" 10" 30" 225.42 144452 18" 22" 12" 34" 255.84 144453 18" 26" 14" 38" 285.48 144454 18" 30" 16" 42" 313.56 SB Soft Bottom Style Soft Chute Guideskirts are made of soft, pliable, abrasion resistant material to protect delicate parts from surface damage, Typical applications are conical or spherical shaped small parts below 200 F Item # Mold Rod Height Chute Unit Open Clearance Length Price 144455 6" 12" 8" 24" $116.22 144456 12" 18" 10" 30" 123.25 144457 18" 22" 12" 34" 142.74 144458 18" 26" 14" 38" 156.00 144459 18" 30" 16" 42" 169.26 ADDITIONAL UNIQUE STYLES FROM WHICH TO CHOOSE Item # Mold Rod Height Unit Open Clearance Price T Tapered Style 144460 6" 12" 18" $93.60 144461 12" 18" 18" 97.20 144462 18" 22" 26" 110.98 144463 18" 26" 26" 131.82 144464 18" 30" 26" 135.66 S Straight Style 144465 6" 12" 18" $ 92.04 144466 12" 18" 18" 94.30 144467 18" 22" 26" 103.01 144468 18" 26" 26" 117.51 144469 18" 30" 26" 130.57 HL Hi Low (Cross Over) Style 144470 6" 12" 8" $313.56 144471 12" 18" 10" 330.72 144472 18" 22" 12" 354.90 144473 18" 26" 14" 386.88 144474 18" 30" 16" 410.28 SS Side/Side Divided Style 144475 6" 12" 14" $439.92 144476 12" 18" 16" 464.10 144477 18" 22" 18" 497.64 144478 18" 26" 20" 541.32 144479 18" 30" 22" 573.30 OPTIONAL Hi-Temp material for thermoset parts PTFE-coated, 10 mil. Kevlar is recommended when parts ejected from the mold retain heat in excess of 300 F fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Illustration Represents BOTH HB and SB Styles 8" Typical 8" Typical Height Metal Side Plates Provide rigidity and extended life to Guideskirts Available in 26 ga. stainless steel or.025" thick aluminum Rod Clearance Tie Bars 30 Typical Chute Length Kevlar is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates COMMON SPECIFICATIONS Item # Mold Rod Height Unit Open Clearance Price FR Front/Rear Style 144480 6" 12" 8" $207.48 144481 12" 18" 10" 243.36 144482 18" 22" 12" 277.68 144483 18" 26" 14" 313.56 144484 18" 30" 16" 349.44 SL Split Leg Style 144485 6" 12" 18" $140.40 144486 12" 18" 18" 157.56 144487 18" 22" 26" 163.80 144488 18" 26" 26" 179.40 WSL Walking Split Leg Style 144489 6" 12" 18" $191.88 144490 12" 18" 20" 199.68 144491 18" 22" 26" 215.28 144492 18" 26" 26" 230.88 MANY SIZES IN STOCK! Can be mounted to the inside or outside of the skirting system Magnets (Item #124325) 2-3/4" dia. x 3/8" thick, 70# pull force (sold separately) See form for Custom Delay Drop Part Chute Guideskirts on next page Mold Open Waterproof Impervious to oil and grease 3 Bar Quality Made in the U.S.A TM C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-005-010815 1055
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Detachable Guideskirts Request Form Tie Rods MOLD Support Frame A B C D Stainless Steel tray on the bottom of chute with a cushion insert Height Rod Clearance Tie Bars Mold Open H G 30 Typically MACHINE BASE F E 8" Typical 8" Typical Chute Length 1. Mold Open (daylight): (24" Max) 2. (A) Width between tie rods: 3. (B) Width between frame: 4. (C) Clearance Height (chute): 5. (D) Machine Clearance mold to base: 6. (E) Base to floor: 7. (F) Width of base: 8. (G) Desired extension past base: 7. (H) Desired discharge height: 10. Size of parts: L x W x H 11. Runner system: No Yes 12. Size of runner: L x W x H 13. Do you require high temp material (for parts over 180 ): No Yes 14. Style: Hard Bottom Soft Bottom All dimensions must be completed in order for a Quote to be given. All guideskirts come with mounting hardware. C3: Post-Production Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 1056 C13-3-006-110113 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Custom Delay Drop Part Chute Guideskirts (Soft Drop) Form Drop end CLOSES when mold opens OPENS when mold closes Made in the U.S.A ACTS LIKE A BAFFLE! MOLD OPEN W MOLD Tie Rods A H C B Support Frame Delayed drops have metal side plates sewn into sides to keep sides rigid. MACHINE BASE 1. Mold Open (daylight): 2. (A) Width between tie rods: 3. (B) Width between frame: 4. (C) Machine clearance mold to base: 5. (H) Desired height of guideskirt: 6. (W) Desired width of guideskirt: 9. Runner system: No Yes 10. Size of runner: L x W x H 11. Do you require a divider: No One Two Three 12. Do you require high temp material (for parts over 180 ): No Yes 7. Size of parts: L x W x H 8. Number of mold cavities: All dimensions must be completed in order for a Quote to be given. All guideskirts come with mounting hardware. Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-007 1057
Mr. Techie s Tech Tips CONVERTING FRACTIONAL INCHES TO DECIMALS AND MILLIMETERS Fraction Decimal MM Fraction Decimal MM 1/64".015625".3969 1/32".03125".7938 3/64".046875" 1.1906 1/16".0625" 1.5875 5/64".078125" 1.9844 3/32".09375" 2.3812 7/64".109375" 2.7781 1/8".125" 3.175 9/64".140625" 3.5719 5/32".15625" 3.9688 11/64".171875" 4.3656 3/16".1875" 4.7625 13/64".203125" 5.1594 7/32".21875" 5.5562 15/64".234375" 5.9531 1/4".25" 6.35 17/64".265625" 6.7469 9/32".28125" 7.1438 19/64".296875" 7.5401 5/16".3125" 7.9375 21/64".328125" 8.3344 11/32".34375" 8.7312 23/64".359375" 9.1281 33/64".515625" 13.0969 17/32".53125" 13.4938 35/64".546875" 13.8906 9/16".5625" 14.2875 37/64".578125" 14.6844 19/32".59375" 15.0812 39/64".609375" 15.4781 5/8".625" 15.875 41/64".640625" 16.2719 21/32".65625" 16.6688 43/64".671875" 17.0656 11/16".6875" 17.4625 45/64".703125" 17.8594 23/32".71875" 18.2563 47/64".734375" 18.6531 3/4".75" 19.05 49/64".765625" 19.4469 25/32".78125" 19.8438 51/64".796875" 20.2406 13/16".8125" 20.6375 53/64".828125" 21.0344 27/32".84375" 21.4312 55/64".859375" 21.8281 C3: Post-Production 3/8".375" 9.525 25/64".390625" 9.9219 13/32".40625" 10.3188 27/64".421875" 10.7156 7/16".4375" 11.1125 29/64".453125" 11.5094 15/32".46875" 11.9063 31/64".484375" 12.3031 1/2".5" 12.7 7/8".875" 22.225 57/64".890625" 22.6219 29/32".90625" 23.0188 59/64".921875" 23.4156 15/16".9375" 23.8125 61/64".953125" 24.2094 31/32".96875" 24.6062 63/64".984375" 25.0031 1" 1.0" 25.4 1058 C13-3-008-051216 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Made in the U.S.A General Description: A part diverter is used to change the direction of a shot of parts, the discharge of a complete cycle or cycles of parts from an injection molding machine. IMS offers two different styles of part diverters (also known as "part discriminators" in the injection molding industry) custom built to your specifications. 1) Under the press part diverters: Units sit or hang directly from the injection molding machine and based upon a specified signal from a IMM or process controller a pneumatically operated tipping tray internal to the diverter housing will discharge parts out the opposite end from where all "Good" shots discharge. The two different styles of under press part diverters are a free standing unit and a quick change type: A) Free standing S1: The free standing S1 diverter is either a square or rectangular stainless steel housing with an internal pivoting tray actuated by a pneumatic air cylinder positioned either under the internal tray, or alongside the housing. The unit is typically supported by a mild steel T-type support stand that is 20" tall and allows the housing to adjust vertically. An air control kit consisting of a ready to mount plate supporting a solenoid valve with filter and regulator/gauge and ¼" air hose from air valve to cylinder is included. Optional chute extensions in standardized lengths are available to add to the housing on either side to aid in part discharge. B) Quick Change Rail S1: The quick change rail S1 type is a square or rectangular stainless steel housing with an internal pivoting tray actuated by a pneumatic air cylinder positioned either under the internal tray, or alongside the housing. This unit is typically supported by an optional QCRA1 or QCRA2 quick change rail attachment kit for either press depths up to 36" or 48" deep. The rail attachments support the load and provide for easy installation, removal or movement. An air control kit consisting of a ready to mount plate supporting a solenoid valve with filter and regulator/ gauge and ¼" air hose from air valve Part Diverting Systems Automatically sort bad parts from good parts fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) see form on next page to cylinder is included. Optional chute extensions in standardized lengths are available to add to the housing on either side to aid in part discharge. Many other options are available. 2) Conveyor Mounted Part Diverters: IMS offers 6 different orientations for conveyor mounted parts diverters. These are used either at the in-feed or discharge end of the conveyors. Four of the six may be used with a flat or cleated type conveyor belts. Uses at the in-feed end of a conveyor are primarily when the IMM cycle time is very fast, and/or where a reversing belt conveyor may not be feasible. Primary use at the discharge end is when the good part container and bad part container need to be on the same side of the IMM. A) PD1: Pneumatically operated rail that has a pivot point and an air cylinder to angle the rail across the belt surface to side discharge the product. Includes air control kit. This is for non-cleated belts only, must use slider bed on conveyor frame and hard durometer belt surface. B) PD2: Similar to PD1 without the pneumatic controls. PD3: QCRS1 style housing in standard dimensions with flanged bottom to mount to either the conveyor frame or the side rails, when using a top return on rails. The unit is mounted at the in-feed end and directs products in the direction of belt travel for good parts and off the end of the conveyor for rejected parts. Includes air control kit package. D) PD4: QCRS1 style housing in standard dimensions with flanged bottom or flanged top to mount with special brackets to the discharge end of the conveyor, which may be the drive end or the idle end. The unit is mounted at the discharge end and directs the flow of products in the direction of belt travel for good parts and off the end of the conveyor for rejected parts. Includes air control kit package. E) PD5: QCRS1 style housing in standard dimensions with flanged bottom to mount to either the conveyor frame or the side rails, when using a top return on rails. The unit is mounted at the in-feed end and directs the flow of products perpendicular to the direction of belt travel. Includes air control kit package. F) PD6: QCRS1 style housing in standard dimensions with flanged bottom or flanged top to mount with special brackets to the discharge end of the conveyor, which may be the drive end or the idle end. The unit is mounted at the discharge end and directs the flow of products perpendicular to the direction of belt travel. Includes air control kit package. 5 Bar Quality TM C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-009/1 1059
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Part Diverting Systems Request Form Part 1 of 2 SPECIFY: B F A H Please indicate dimensions in inches or feet (A = Operating Mold Open) A: B: F: G: H: I: J: J I G S1-Sorter (shown with optional extensions and leg stand) Will the S1-Sorter be discharging into a container?: Yes No If Yes: Length: Width: Depth: If No, than what?: Are there any obstructions?: Yes No If Yes: Length: Width: Depth: Position: Optional Extensions Desired extension length: 6" 12" 18" Other " (Custom charges may apply for lengths over 18") No extensions desired Desired angle: 25 30 (Standard) Other (Custom charges may apply for angles over 30 ) Leg Stand C3: Post-Production Required height from the floor: 7" 7" 12" 12" 20" Other " (Custom charges may apply for heights over 20") No leg stand desired www.imscompany.com/ie fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) (Continued on next page) www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) 1060 C13-3-009/2 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Part Diverting Systems Request Form Part 2 of 2 Optional Flared Top (Not available with Quick-Change Rail System below) Desired Flare length: A: 4" 6" 8" Other: B: 4" 6" 8" Other: (A & B are normally the same length) (custom charges may apply for lengths over 8") Optional Quick-Change Rail System (This system mounts to the press with our Sliding Track System ) What is the depth of your press?: Up to 36" deep Up to 48" deep Quick-Change Containment Package These components are used to create custom part containment. This is designed for the end-user to cut to fit. Includes standard hardware. Yes, please include this package on my quotation. No, I am not interested in this optional package. (Serves as a hopper for the QCRS System) Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-009/3 1061
5 Bar Quality TM Conveyors Durable Low Maintenance Conveyors Built with High Quality Components IMS Select Line Conveyors were designed and built with the molder in mind. These portable and versatile conveyors, even under heavy shop use, will provide years of trouble free service. Compare the features of our conveyors to the competition and you ll find dollar for dollar IMS Select Line Conveyors are designed, engineered, and built better. C3: Post-Production Frames/Structures Heavy duty 14 gauge formed steel powered coated side rails Welded tubular steel connector bars 18 gauge steel slider beds 4-1/2 tall aluminized steel part deflectors Legs Rugged welded steel legs with 3 dia. swivel locking casters Adjustable conveyor angle with pivoting leg holder design Belts Every IMS Select Line conveyor comes with a resilient 2-ply PVC coated monofilament belt which is FDA approved and has a 160 F continuous temperature rating. All belts include a stainless steel Uni-Bar clipper lace making them easy to replace should they reach the end of their life cycle. Attached to the bottom of the belt is a solid center-lined V-Guide to track the belt with the matching V-Guided rollers. Incline conveyors come with 1 high bonded cleats that are equally spaced 18 apart. The amount of cleats varies with the length of the conveyor. *Other belt designs, temperature ratings, colors and styles are available with short lead times. Frames/Structures Legs Belts Model KBWA Standard Variable Speed Controller Two different controllers to choose from! Conveyor Controllers Versatility to fit your application! Rollers Belt Tensioners Motor/Gear Box Model ESV25 Advanced Variable Speed Controller Rollers Precision made welded steel 2-1/2 dia. rollers with 3/4 dia. shaft and V-Guide Belt Tensioners Engineered, custom fabricated spring loaded belt tensioners Easily adjustable High Performance Motor UL & CSA Listed Strong worm geared 1/3 HP motor standard. Motor housing, bearing covers and terminal boxes made of corrosion resistant aluminum die castings. Aluminum die cast rotor ensures high reliability at high starting torques and low starting currents State-of-the-Art Gear Box No drive belts to replace! Right angle compact direct drive gear box is ideal for preventing lubrication loss and dirt build-up Gear wheels made of high tensile strength case hardened steel. Low noise gearing Impervious to shock Completely enclosed, sealed against messy shop dust and/or water spray Designed to operate under harsh conditions IMS offers two different control style choices to give you options. Choose from either a Standard Variable Speed Controller or an Advanced Programmable Variable Speed Controller. Both Controllers are prewired, ready to plug in and are set to run up to 30 feet per minute, which is suitable for most applications. They both include: Motor Overload Protection / 120/60/1 VAC Operation / 8 foot grounded power cord Standard V/S Controller Model KBWA (Item #164889) has a selectable Forward/Stop/Reverse switch and a simple speed dial control for ease of operation. Advanced Programmable V/S Controller Model ESV25 (Item #164866) has user adjustable settings such as max speed, indexing ability, photo-eye capability and can interface with a signal from the Molding Machine. 1062 C13-3-010-122314 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Horizontal Conveyors High quality automation at a great price 5 Bar Quality TM For more details see page 1062 4 1 /2" tall aluminized steel part deflecors Made in the U.S.A Features - Benefits Direct drive / No belts or chains - provides low maintenance Powder coated steel frame - increases durability in the harshest of environments 2 1 /2" diameter rollers with 3/4" diameter shaft Shown with Advanced Variable Speed Controller (sold separately) 160 F continuous belt temperature rating FDA approved, non-cleated, white two-ply PVC laced belt standard Other belt designs, temperature ratings, colors and styles are available Inquire 3" diameter locking swivel casters - improves portability throughout shop IN STOCK Leg pivot design - easily changes angle of conveyor Width Length Height Model # Item # Unit Price Spare Belt Unit Price 12" 6' 15" to 42" SLH-1206 165041 $2050.00 161918 $165.50 12" 8' SLH-1208 165044 2300.00 161921 206.35 18" 6' SLH-1806 165042 2175.00 161919 231.90 18" 15" to 42" 8' SLH-1808 165045 2400.00 161922 288.15 24" 6' SLH-2406 165043 2300.00 161920 298.25 24" 8' SLH-2408 165046 2550.00 161923 390.00 Conveyor Controllers - Please select one per conveyor when ordering Prewired w/8 Foot Cord & Plug Power Model # Item # Unit Price Standard Variable Speed Controller 120/60/1 KBWA 164889 $265.00 120/60/1 Advanced Variable Speed Controller ESV25 164866 358.00 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Spare Parts #160815 Direct Drive Motor and Gearbox...Inquire #161076 Idler Side Flange Bearing...$20.25 #161077 Drive Side Pillow Block Bearing...21.05 Custom Conveyors Available with Great Delivery Inquire Today: C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-011-010715 1063
5 Bar Quality TM Inclined Conveyors High quality automation at a great price Features - Benefits Direct drive / No belts or chains - provides low maintenance Powder coated steel frame - increases durability in the harshest of environments Made in the U.S.A 4 1 /2" tall aluminized steel part deflecors For more details see page 1062 Shown with Advanced Variable Speed Controller (sold separately) Infeed Chute INCLUDED! Flexible in-feed chute part retaining flap - prevents parts from sliding backward IN STOCK 2 1 /2" diameter rollers with 3/4" diameter shaft 160 F continuous belt temperature rating FDA approved, cleated, white two-ply PVC laced belt standard Other belt designs, temperature ratings, colors and styles are available Inquire Leg pivot design - easily changes angle of conveyor 3" diameter locking swivel casters - improves portability throughout shop C3: Post-Production Width Length Height Model # Item # Unit Price Spare Belt Unit Price 12" 6' 18" to 48" SLI-1206 165047 $2550.00 162505 $258.35 12" 8' SLI-1208 165050 2650.00 162508 334.00 18" 6' SLI-1806 165048 2650.00 162506 371.15 18" 18" to 48" 8' SLI-1808 165051 2750.00 162509 480.00 24" 6' SLI-2406 165049 2775.00 162507 484.00 24" 8' SLI-2408 165052 2875.00 162510 625.00 Conveyor Controllers - Please select one per conveyor when ordering Prewired w/8 Foot Cord & Plug Power Model # Item # Unit Price Standard Variable Speed Controller 120/60/1 KBWA 164889 $265.00 120/60/1 Advanced Variable Speed Controller ESV25 164866 358.00 Spare Parts #160815 Direct Drive Motor and Gearbox...Inquire #161076 Idler Side Flange Bearing...$20.25 #161077 Drive Side Pillow Block Bearing...21.05 Custom Conveyors Available with Great Delivery Inquire Today: 1064 C13-3-012-021315 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Horizontal to Inclined Conveyors High quality automation at a great price 5 Bar Quality TM Features - Benefits Direct drive / No belts or chains - provides low maintenance Powder coated steel frame - increases durability in the harshest of environments 2 1 /2" diameter rollers with 3/4" diameter shaft 160 F continuous belt temperature rating FDA approved, cleated, white two-ply PVC laced belt standard Other belt designs, temperature ratings, colors and styles are available Inquire Drawing shown for illustration only Final model may vary COMING SOON COMING SOON Made in the U.S.A Leg pivot design - easily changes angle of conveyor 3" diameter locking swivel casters - improves portability throughout shop Width Horizontal x Incline Height Model # Item # Unit Price Spare Belt Unit Price 12" 6' 18" to 48" 258.35 18" 3' 8' x 6' 15" to 56" 334.00 Inquire for more details 24" 6' 371.15 Conveyor Controllers - Please select one per conveyor when ordering Prewired w/8 Foot Cord & Plug Power Model # Item # Unit Price Standard Variable Speed Controller 120/60/1 KBWA 164889 $265.00 120/60/1 Advanced Variable Speed Controller ESV25 164866 358.00 fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) Spare Parts #160815 Direct Drive Motor and Gearbox...Inquire #161076 Idler Side Flange Bearing...$20.25 #161077 Drive Side Pillow Block Bearing...21.05 C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-013-021315 1065
IMS Conveyors Stock or Custom - Built to fit your needs C3: Post-Production Made in the U.S.A fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Photoelectric Eyes Indexing Reversing Flat Tops Aluminum or Steel Fixed Speed or Variable Incline Horizontal Combinations Adjustable or Fixed Legs Heavy Duty Slider Bed Hoppers Part Deflectors Food Grade Belts High Heat Resistant Belts Belt Cleats Belt Colors We Do Them ALL! Some models IN STOCK for Immediate Delivery 1066 C13-3-014 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) IMS Custom Conveyors Injection Machine - Motor Position - 10 9 6 2 1 5 Mark the desired drive location. Belt Direction 8 4 3 7 1, 2, 3, 4 - Mounted underneath. (standard) 5, 6, 7, 8 - Mounted on side. (up-charge) 9, 10 - Mounted on end. (up-charge (C) (A) (B) Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-015 1067
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Replacement Conveyor Belts Conveyor Model: Serial No.: A) Belt Width : (in.) B) Belt Overall Length: (in./ft.) C) Overall Belting Thickness: D) Number of Plies: Carcass Bottom Cover Color E) Cleat Information: Height Width Centers Type Indent F) V-Guide Information: Location Notched V-Guide Size (Base x Height): OO-section ( 5 /16" x 3 /16") O-section ( 3 /8" x 1 /4") A-section ( 1 /2" x 5 /16") B-section ( 5 /8" x 3 /8") C-section ( 7 /8" x 7 /16") G) Splice Type: Laced Vulcanized Endless Prepared Ends H) Food Grade: Yes No Other Information (If Applicable): I) Head Pulley Size : (in.) J) Tail Pulley Size : (in.) K) Temperature and type of material being conveyed: L) Size and weight of product being conveyed: M) Horizontal or Incline Conveyor: N) Degrees of Incline: O) Chemicals or Petroleum products contacting belt: Other Specifications: C3: Post-Production Typical Specifications Plies: Lightweight belting applications are generally 1, 2 or 3 plies. Carcass: Type of fabric that is used in plies: interwoven polyester, spun polyester, monofilament. Belt Covers: Top cover is usually smooth, and the bottom cover is a friction surface (FS). Overall Belt Gauge or Thickness: This dimension is usually used as a possible check of the belt specification and to assure correct fit under and over side rails and nose bars. Cleat Information: Standard tee cleats are available from 1 /2" to 3" in height and can be welded on most center-to-center distances. All cleat types can be increased to fit under rails or guides. V-Guides: V-guides are available in O, A, B or C sizes; V-guides are usually located on the bottom centerline of the belting. Splice Type: Usually the splice will be mechanically laced; vulcanized splices are more expensive and time consuming to install. Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 1068 C13-3-016 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Select Drum Type Part/Runner Separator TM FAST SEPARATION Keeps up with fast-cycling presses and multiple-cavity molds USE WITH ANY CONVEYOR UP TO 18" WIDE Rugged Steel Support Frame with extruded and anodized aluminum upper frame, side rails and drum Enclosed Motor and Drive Unique Single-Point Gap Adjustment Moving just one knob sets all the vanes at the same time 5 Bar Quality Removable Polycarbonate Cover Stainless Steel Adjustable Infeed Chute Quick, Easy Height and Angle Adjustment Built tough for continuous 24 hour, 7 day use! Infeed Chute Made in the U.S.A Small parts drop through gap Adjustable Gap Large parts exit here Send us a box of your parts and runners for a free automation evaluation and quote. Please call for an RA number before shipping. fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) All swivel and lockable casters 115/60/1 0-15 rpm Variable Speed Control HERE S HOW IT WORKS Adjust gap between vanes so smaller pieces drop through gaps into box or conveyor. Larger pieces remain in drum and exit through the discharge ring. Gap size is easily adjusted from a single knob. Drum speed and angle, and infeed chute height and angle are also adjustable to provide complete sorting. SPECIFICATIONS Rugged Construction for High Volume Operations Part Drop Gap Width... 0-1 5 /16" Drive Motor... 1 /12 hp, variable-speed DC gearmotor with flexible drive coupling and 7 ft grounded power cord Dimensions... 44" long x 25" wide x 29" to 44" infeed height Shipping Weight... 320 lbs. PRICE COMPLETE as shown Item No. 115675 $4,590 C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-017 1069
C3: Post-Production Mr. Techie s Tech PROCESS TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDELINES CRYSTALLINE MATERIALS AMORPHOUS MATERIALS Problem Lower/Reduce Raise/Increase Lower/Reduce Raise/Increase SPLAY Injection Pressure Melt Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Holding Pressure Time Mold Temp Moisture Content Gate Size Injection Speed Gate Size Injection Pressure Mold Release Spray Screw Speed Hold Pressure Time Venting FLASH Melt Temp Clamp Pressure Melt Temp Clamp Pressure Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed VOIDS Injection Speed Melt Temp Mold Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Moisture Content Gate Size Moisture Content Gate Size Cooling Time Injection Pressure Cooling Time Injection Pressure Back Pressure Injection Speed Back Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time WARPAGE Melt Temp Cooling Time Melt Temp Hold Pressure Time Mold Temp Injection Speed Mold Temp Cooling Time Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Back Pressure SINKS Mold Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Gate Size Gate Size Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed Injection Speed Venting SHORT SHOT Cushion Venting Melt Temp Melt Temp Mold Temp Mold Temp Gate Size Gate Size Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed Injection Speed Venting GLOSSINESS Mold Release Spray Melt Temp Mold Release Spray Melt Temp Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Injection Speed Hold Pressure Time Venting Injection Speed Venting PARTS STICKING Melt Temp Mold Release Spray Melt Temp Mold Release Spray Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Cooling Time Cooling Time Injection Speed Injection Speed BRITTLENESS Melt Temp Gate Size Moisture Content Gate Size Moisture Content Venting Injection Pressure Venting Injection Pressure Back Pressure Back Pressure Screw Speed Screw Speed Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Cushion Cushion Regrind Regrind Mold Release Spray BURN MARKS Mold Release Spray Injection Pressure Venting Melt Temp Gate Size Injection Speed Injection Pressure Venting DELAMINATION Melt Temp Mold Temp Moisture Content Mold Temp Injection Speed Gate Size Gate Size WELD LINES Moisture Content Melt Temp Moisture Content Melt Temp Mold Temp Mold Temp Gate Size Gate Size Injection Pressure Injection Pressure Hold Pressure Time Hold Pressure Time Injection Speed Injection Speed Venting Venting JETTING Injection Speed Melt Temp Injection Speed Melt Temp Hold Pressure Time Mold Temp Mold Temp Injection Pressure Gate Size Gate Size Tips 1070 C13-3-018-010815 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Mr. Techie s Sizing a Granulator Tech Tips What plastic material do you want to grind? What size is the scrap or part? How much do you want to grind? How will you feed the granulator? What will you do with the regrind? Complete form on the following page and let our technicians help properly size your next granulator fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-019 1071
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Granulator Quotation Request/Order Application: Central Beside-the-press Under-the-press Other LARGEST PART Material : Cold Hot F Filled (chemical description) Unfilled Other Size of Parts : (dimensions) Sprues/Runners Purgings Pipe/Profile Film Sheet Thermoformed Blow Molded Other HEAVIEST OR TOUGHEST PART Material : Cold Hot F Filled (chemical description) Unfilled Other Size of Parts : (dimensions) Requested Particle Size : Sprues/Runners Purgings Pipe/Profile Film Sheet Thermoformed Blow Molded Other Recommended Screen Size 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 1 2 Other Industry: Injection Blow Molding Extrusion Recycling Other Mode of Feeding: Manual/Hand Robot Conveyor Cyclone/Relief Head Feed Roll (line speed min/max) Desired Throughput Pounds/Hour Duty Cycle Shifts/Day Days/Week Mode of Discharge: Blower/Cyclone Bin Air-jet/Venturi Gaylord Stand Fines Separation System Negative Pressure System VTO OD Electrical V/3PH/60HZ: Standard 115V Control Electrical Disconnect Other Audial Requirement : Paint Specifications: Soundproofed Non-Soundproofed IMS Pacific Blue Other Options: Tungsten Carbide Knives Additional Flywheel 3rd Bed Knife Friction Coupling Special Hopper High Amp High Level Filter Head Blower Sound Enclosure Other C3: Post-Production Existing Machinery for Similar Application: Manufacturer Model Number Throat Size HP Rotor Design Options Requested Delivery Date Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Title: Company Name: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: 1072 C13-3-020 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Shini Low-Speed Granulators Works great on small parts Features - Benefits Top Feed hopper with built-in magnet - prevents metal impurities in the materials to enter feed throat Low granulating speed and sharp angle design of rotating blades - provides smooth and continuous operation Sound-proof material hopper - brings a quieter operation environment Obstruction alarm - notifies operator when blockage occurs Clamshell cutting chamber - allows easy cleaning Siemens electrical components Tilt back hopper makes components accessible for easy cleaning, maintenance and quick blade replacement Emergency stop No specialty tools required for maintenance Hardened cutting chamber Reversible screen Low energy consumption Main power disconnect Casters included 1 YEAR WARRANTY Most In Stock Staggered blade design made of hardened D2 steel Blade design doesn t require adjustment after resharpening GREEN Products IMS Item # Throat Throughput Screen Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # HP RPM Opening Size (lbs/hr) Size Height Width Depth (lbs) Price 148842 149557 SG-1621H 3 195 13" x 15" 8.3" x 6.3" 140 5mm 51.25" 18.75" 23.75" 436 $3215 149559 149560 SG-1635 3 234 15" x 18.5" 13.8" x 6.3" 130 5mm 51.25" 24.50" 23.75" 514 $3614 149561 149562 SG-1635H 5 348 15" x 18.5" 13.5" x 6.3" 170 5mm 51.25" 24.50" 23.75" 565 $3968 149565 149566 SG-2042C 5 290 16.5" x 22" 16.5" x 7.8" 150 6mm 50.75" 24.50" 27.75" 732 $5005 149567 149568 SG-2028CH 5 348 16.5" x 22" 11" x 7.8" 170 6mm 51.25" 19.75" 27.75" 565 $4444 158414 150659 SG-2042CH 7 348 16.5" x 22" 16.5" x 7.8" 280 6mm 50.75" 24.50" 27.75" 763 $5456 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-021-051914 1073
Shini Staggered Blade Central Granulators High capacity granulator for medium to large parts Features - Benefits Full-sound-proofed material hopper - provides a quieter operating environment Cyclone dust separator and blower - affectively removes dust from regrind and evacuates material Collection Bag - traps contamination for easy disposal Adjustable angle on inlet chute - increases ease of part feeding GREEN Products 1 YEAR WARRANTY Most In Stock Staggered blade design made of hardened D2 steel Decentralized working load to increase efficiency Air spring assisted tilt back adjustable hopper makes components accessible for easy cleaning, maintenance and quick blade replacement Emergency Stop C3: Post-Production Hardened cutting chamber Low energy consumption High amp alarm and amp meter Safety interlocks IMS Item # Throat Throughput Screen Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # HP RPM Size (lbs/hr) Size Height Width Depth (lbs) Price 149569 149570 SG-2324 10 320 9" x 9.4" 250 8 57" 38" 54" 1041 $7841 149571 149572 SG-2336 12 320 9" x 14.2" 300 8 57" 42" 54" 1151 $8461 149573 149574 SG-2348 18 320 9" x 19" 400 8 57" 47" 54" 1332 $9555 149575 149576 SG-3060 25 415 12" x 24" 550 8 64" 52" 60" 1572 $11617 149577 149578 SG-3060H 30 700 12" x 24" 600 8 73" 75.5" 73" 1634 $12406 www.imscompany.com/ie www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Motor overload relays Reversible screen No specialty tools required for maintenance Vacuum bin discharge Tangential feed Outboard sealed bearings 1074 C13-3-022 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Shini Open Rotor Central Granulators High capacity granulator for large parts Features - Benefits Full-sound-proofed material hopper - provides a quieter operating environment Cyclone dust separator and blower - affectively removes dust from regrind and evacuates material Collection Bag - traps contamination for easy disposal Adjustable angle on inlet chute - increases ease of part feeding GREEN Products 1 YEAR WARRANTY Most In Stock Open rotor blade design made of hardened D2 steel Decentralized working load to increase efficiency Air spring assisted tilt back adjustable hopper with 3 angle positions makes components accessible for easy cleaning, maintenance and quick blade replacement Hardened cutting chamber Low energy consumption High amp alarm and amp meter Safety interlocks Motor overload relays Reversible screen No specialty tools required for maintenance Emergency Stop Vacuum bin discharge Tangential feed Outboard sealed bearings IMS Item # Throat Throughput Screen Dimensions Weight Unit 230V 460V Shini # HP RPM Rotor Size (lbs/hr) Size Height Width Depth (lbs) Price 149580 149581 SG-3060P 25 415 Paddle 12" x 24" 550 8 64" 52" 59.5" 1572 $12179 149582 149583 SG-3060PH 30 500 Paddle 12" x 24" 630 8 64" 52" 59.5" 1634 $12334 149584 149585 SG-3645P 25 650 Paddle 14" x 20" 1400 10 78" 82" 60" 3256 $16875 149579 148757 SG-3660P 40 650 Paddle 14" x 30" 1800 10 78" 92" 60" 3806 $23566 160213 160214 SG-4360H 70 630 Paddle 17" x 24" 2000 10 112.25" 90.75" 68" 5170 $35095 160215 160216 SG-4390H 70 630 V type 17" x 32" 2500 10 112.25" 102" 68" 6700 $36253 149586 149587 SG5060P(H) 70 420 V type 23" x 19" 2425 10 112.25" 90.75" 68" 7992 $49659 149588 149589 SG-5090P(H) 85 420 V type 35" x 19" 4500 10 112.25" 103" 68" 8786 $61120 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-023-052215 1075
3 Bar Quality TM TM WATT WATTCHER 2000 Increase Your Profitability Cuts Energy Use Increases Life of Critical Parts - Blades, Motor, Belts, Bearings and Screens Extends Service Intervals ELIMINATES COSTLY IDLING Granulator Controller Electronic Eye approved Patent No. 4,866,358 GREEN Products Control Box How It Works: Vibration detector shuts off motor when cutting chamber empties. Adjustable Timer lets you delay grinder shut-off (20 seconds to 2 minutes) to ensure complete cleaning of cutting chamber. Photoelectric eye instantly starts motor when granulator is fed. Fits on any IMS LP-Series and most OEM Granulators (Not recommended for IMS Sharxx) FEATURES Easy installation (by qualified electrician) Simply mount on granulator hopper and wire into granulator electrical circuit Simple, one-time calibration Tilt-switch safety feature activates loud (94 dba) warning horn and shuts off grinder if hopper is opened while power is ON Manual-override switch is inside box to deter tampering Rugged, industrial electronics Time-proven in molding shops nationwide Notification lights on panel: power, grind, align, calibrate C3: Post-Production NOTE The Watt Wattcher 2000 advantage depends on a 5 to 6 minute interval between grinder loads. It works even better if you can extend the interval to 15 to 30 minutes by collecting sprues and runners before grinding. www.imscompany.com/ie fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Power savings depend on KW rate, motor size, and days worked. WATT WATTCHER 2000 Granulator Controller Item No. 121021 INCLUDES Control Box, Electronic Eye, Cable and Mounting Hardware (For 120/60/1 volt motor starter coils) As Retrofit Kit... $1,034 For other control voltages, line voltage relays, longer cables Inquire Watt Wattcher 2000 is a trademark of Telar Corp. www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) 1076 C13-3-024-081814 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Typical IMS Granulators (Since 1956) Model M5 Model XD-2 Models G5 or K5 M Series 1956-1965 XD Series 1961-1965 G and K Series 1966-1968 Model 2144 Revised Model 2144 Revised Model 2144 1969-1971 1972-1973 1974-1976 Models A-144 or SC-144 A Series 1977-1984 SC Series 1982-1984 Which Series IMS Grinder do you have? BEFORE ORDERING REPLACEMENT PARTS, Use this chart to help identify your granulator......it will help us serve you better. Model LP-144 C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-025 1077
Replacement Blades for IMS Grinders IMS can furnish blades for any IMS Granulator ever made. When ordering blades for older grinders, always give machine serial number. IMS can quote almost any brand of replacement grinder blades. Please provide the manufacturer, model number, serial number and blade dimensions if possible. Please call 866.467.9001 or email: for more information. FOR GRINDER MODEL LP86 and OTHERS with 10" x 8 1 /2" THROAT Also for Models: A-86, AG-86-6, AG-86-8 and IMS Auger Grinder AG-86-KH Rotating Blades (2 required) #106941... $150.20 ea. Stationary Blades (2 required) #106950... $110.05 ea. FOR GRINDER MODEL LP120 and OTHERS with 12" x 10" THROAT Also for Models: LP120-3 and A-120-3 Rotating Blades (2 required) #163655... 155.05 Stationary Blades (2 required) #163724... $288.45 ea. FOR GRINDER MODELS LP144-3, LP288-3 and OTHERS with 12" x 12" THROAT Also for Models: LP1442, A-144 and A-144-3 C3: Post-Production *LP288-3 requires 6 **LP288-3 requires 4 fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Rotating Blades (2 or 3 required * ) #106969... $157.85 ea. Stationary Blades (2 required ** ) #106797... $134.75 ea. 1078 C13-3-026/1-040114 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
Replacement Blades for IMS Grinders (continued) Also for Model: A-187 FOR GRINDER MODEL LP187 and OTHERS with 17" x 11" THROAT Rotating Blades (4 required) #144406... $126.90 ea. Stationary Blades (4 required) #106772... $77.50 ea. FOR STAGGER-CUT GRINDER MODELS LP120SC, LP144SC and LP288SC Also for Models: A-120-SC, A-144-SC, A-288-SC, AGA-120-SC and AGU-120-SC (Older Models advise Serial Number) Rotating Blades (18 or 36 required) #106826... $35.65 ea. Stationary Blades Refer to straight-blade model for correct stationary blade part number FOR STAGGER-CUT GRINDER MODEL LP187SC Also for Models: A-86-SC, A-187-SC, AG-86-KH-SC, AG-86-6-SC and AG-86-8-SC Rotating Blades (8, 12 or 24 required) #106948... $26.75 ea. Stationary Blades Refer to straight-blade model for correct stationary blade part number (Newer Models advise Serial Number) FOR STAGGER-CUT GRINDER MODEL LP288SC with 24" x 12" THROAT Rotating Blades (33 required) #130639... $46.50 ea. fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Stationary Blades (4 required) #106797... $134.75 ea. Don t see what you need? Contact our Team today: Available in several material options Inquire C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-026/2-023916 1079
IMS Granulator Blade Resharpening Service Cuts blade replacement costs Sharp Blades Produce Better Regrind. You get more consistent pellet size with less damage to the polymer. Better Regrind Improves Part Quality and Saves You Money. Lets you mold tougher jobs with fewer rejects. lets you use the full proportion of regrind and lower your material expense. Sharp Blades Lower your Electricity Expense. Your granulator draws less current to cut the plastic. Often lets you use a smaller granulator for lower direct expense and great energy efficiency. Sharp Blades Improve Safety. Sharp blades produce fewer jammed rotors. Too many granulator injuries occur when workers try to clear a jam. Call IMS for a quote at 800-537-5375. Better still, email with: - Blade dimension - Manufacturer and Model Number of your granulator. (Include serial number if known.) - Digital photos if possible. We ll give you an accurate estimate at no expense to you. The pictures help us determine if the blades can be sharpened saving you shipping expense if the blades are beyond repair. Resharpen your blades instead of replacing them. Sharp granulator blades improve the regrind quality and throughput of your granulator and prevent jams. IMS can repair any length and any style from any manufacturer. IMS can also sharpen rotary fly knives. Segmented fly knives must be sent in for inspection and a quotation. Item # Description Unit Price C3: Post-Production fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Granulator Blade Resharpening Service Rotary Fly Knives, To sharpen all three inserts Inquire for details Inquire for details Call IMS Customer Service for a Return Authorization (RA) number and instructions before shipping blades. Blades considered beyond repair will be returned on request or scrapped. 1080 C13-3-027 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
IMS Replacement Granulator Catchpans Heavy-duty polypropylene 3 Bar Quality TM Do you have an older Model IMS Granulator? Did you know that parts are still available? For instance the following LP Series Granulator catchpans are still available, some in stock and ready to ship today call to inquire. For Granulator Model Item # Dimensions Unit Handles Length Width Height Price LP49 107083 14" 14" 9-1/4" 2 Inquire LP86 107073 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 9-1/4" $176.05 LP120 107064 15" 15" 9-1/4" Inquire LP144 107053 15-1/4" 17-1/4" 9-1/4" 190.00 LP187 107042 13-7/8" 18-1/2" 9-7/8" 4 181.75 LP288 (Right) 107099 18" 12-3/4" 11-1/2" 190.05 LP288 (Left) 107113 18" 12-3/4" 11-1/2" 210.45 IMS Granulator Catchpan Metal Trap Magnets Help keep tramp metal out of your regrind We custom manufacture these magnets to fit the dimensions of your catchpan. The close 9 /16" spacing between bars eliminates the need for diverters. Ceramic inserts provide excellent holding ability (Alnico or rare earth available) Exclusive concave Metal Trap retains metal pieces How to order: Contact the IMS Team with exact inside dimensions (length x width) of your catchpan. Also include the wall thickness of the catchpan if it is more than 1 /8". The length measurement (also magnet rod length) is the distance front to back of your granulator catchpan. Magnets will hang about 1" below the top of the catchpan. CONCAVE METAL TRAP UNDER RODS Holds ferrous scrap like no round-bar magnet can Large contact area under magnetic rod grabs ferrous object and protects it from being wiped off by material flowing around magnetic bar. Description Granulator Catchpan Metal Trap Magnets custom sized (Tubes run lengthwise and are spaced across pan width) fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Specifications Magnet bar spacing: 9 /16" Price Inquire for details C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-028-010815 1081
IMS HEAVY DUTY Granulator Catchpans Replace ALL your old metal catchpans NOW with durable IMS Plastic Catchpans your operators will like them! (Made of heavy duty polypropylene stock - Thickness varies with overall size) All Welded Polypropylene Construction - reduces noise, low cost Lightweight, Easier to Handle Available with or without Air Take-Off Made in the U.S.A C3: Post-Production www.imscompany.com/ie fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) Now Custom Made for YOUR Granulator......Any Make or Model! Users of IMS Granulators with heavy duty polypropylene catchpans asked for catchpans to fit their other grinders. Now you can update ALL your granulators with heavy duty plastic catchpans! They are light in weight and take the rough usage that bends and destroys metal catchpans. Send dimensional sketch (on next page) to IMS today for price and delivery! www.imscompany.com/ie 1.800.537.5375 (USA & Canada) 1082 C13-3-029/1 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.
REQUEST FOR QUOTE: Make a copy. Scan and email to or Fax: 1 888 288 6900 (Form online at www.imscompany.com) Granulator Catchpan A (length) (back) E (front) G C (height) D Recessed Handles can be ordered on 2 or 4 sides F Please indicate Air Takeoff Outlet location (if ordered) B (width) Catchpan Dimensions: Outside A: (length) B: (width) C: (height) 2 or 4 Handle Locations: Front/Back Sides D: F: E: G: Standard recessed handles are 4 1 /2" long x 1 3 /4" high x 1" deep Air Takeoff Outlet (If used) O.D.: Length: (from outside of pan) Location: Sketch on drawing (along with ACTUAL dimensions) Granulator Make: Model: Serial #: Date: Quantity: Phone:( ) Fax: ( ) Name: Company Name: Title: Email: Address: City: State: Zip: fax order fax order toll-free toll-free (USA (USA & Canada) & Canada) FOR IMS USE ONLY IMS Part No.: Price Quoted: Ship Date: C3: Post-Production Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved. Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing C13-3-029/2 1083
Hoppers & Loaders Chillers & Circulators Dryers & Granulators for more information go to: www.imscompany.com/ie E&MS Catalog A: Catalog B: MROP Design / Build / Repair Custom Parts Fabricate Mold Releases Heater Bands Degating Tools Mold/Die Components Nozzles & Screw Tips Screws & Barrels HVAC & Abrasives Hand & Power Tools Electrical & Plumbing for more information go to: www.imscompany.com/ems for more information go to: www.imscompany.com/ms for more information go to: www.imscompany.com/ec for more information go to: www.imscompany.com/mrop fax order toll-free (USA & Canada) 1084 C13-3-030-061813 Please refer to imscompany.com for current pricing Copyright 2013 IMS Company. All rights reserved.